The Systems Made Simple™ Podcast

View Details

Knowing where listeners discover podcasts is only half the battle. The bigger challenge is turning that knowledge into a repeatable strategy that helps more people find your show month after month instead of hoping people stumble across your podcast.

Roger Nairn from JAR Podcast Solutions is back to break down how to turn one podcast episode into multiple ways to get discovered, why more podcasters are building for YouTube first, and how to create viral podcast moments people can't wait to send to a friend. Hit play and let's dive in.

…

1:03 – The 4 Biggest Podcast Discovery Trends Happening Right Now

3:08 – The 2-Week Podcast Launch Mistake That Limits Long-Term Growth

8:08 – Why One Podcast Episode Should Create Multiple Ways to Get Discovered

11:16 – Why More Podcasters Are Building for YouTube First

18:04 – How to Create Podcast Episodes People Want to Share

…

Episode Links:

Meet Roger Nairn: JAR Podcast Solutions | LinkedIn

Listen to Roger’s Podcast: Dead Dads

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Podcast Discovery Has Changed. Here's What the New Data Says.

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

New data reveals that podcast discovery has changed, but most podcasters haven't changed with it. If you're still expecting new listeners to find your show inside Apple Podcasts or Spotify, you're overlooking the top places podcast listeners are discovering new shows today.

Roger Nairn from JAR Podcast Solutions is here to unpack why podcast apps are not best place to grow your audience, how to choose the right platforms to market your show, and three podcast marketing strategies circa 2015 you can stop obsessing over (and what to focus on instead). Hit play and let's dive in.

…

1:14 – Why Podcast Apps Are No Longer the Best Place to Grow Your Audience

2:18 – The Top Places Podcast Listeners Are Discovering New Shows

5:38 – Why Your Podcast Doesn't Need to Be Everywhere

14:35 – How to Choose the Right Platforms to Market Your Show

18:31 – 3 Podcast Marketing Strategies You Can Stop Obsessing Over

…

Episode Links:

Meet Roger Nairn: JAR Podcast Solutions | LinkedIn

Listen to Roger’s Podcast: Dead Dads

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The New Rules for Growing a Podcast in 2026

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

If your podcast needs to deliver measurable reach and revenue for your business or brand, then the fastest way to do that isn't publishing more episodes. It's learning how to communicate in a way that helps listeners trust you enough to act.

I'm handing you three Podcast Psychology frameworks you can use inside your next episode so your listeners don't just agree with you. They act because of you.

If you want to stop publishing episodes that lead nowhere and start creating content people act on, hit play and let's dive in.

…

0:04 – Why Human Behavior Drives Podcast Performance

4:44 – Why Listeners Agree With You But Never Take the Next Step

9:19 – The Fastest Way to Get Listeners to Trust What You Say

13:40 – How to Change Someone's Mind Without Arguing With Them

15:49 – Make People Want What You Offer Without Pitching

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Speak the Language of Your Ideal Listener

3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Most people think landing the podcast guest interview is the win. It's not. If your podcast guest appearances end with a thank-you email and a social media post, that's exactly why they never lead to more clients, referrals, or repeat invitations.In this episode, Sam Brake Guia is back to share the follow-up strategies that turn a single guest appearance into repeat invites, referral partners, and long-term business relationships. You'll learn how to stay top of mind with podcast hosts and the simple habits that transform one interview into a network of future collaborators.

If you want a practical roadmap for turning every guest interview into the start of your next opportunity, hit play and let's dive in.

…

3:44 – What Great Podcast Guests Never Do After the Interview

8:13 – Why Most Podcast Guest Appearances Produce Zero ROI (and How to Fix It)

11:01 – Why Your Next Guest Appearance Might Come From Your Last One

12:48 – Why Podcast Guesting Rewards Patience

14:33 – The Follow-Up Strategy That Turns Hosts Into Referral Partners

…

Episode Links:

Meet Sam Brake Guia: PodWritten.com | LinkedIn

Listen to Sam’s Podcast: Mics to Millions

…

Other Episodes You'll Love:

What Top Hosts Look For Before They Say Yes to Your Guest Pitch

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

After sending nearly 2,000 podcast pitches that have landed his clients on top podcasts, Sam Brake Guia knows exactly what separates the guest pitches that get deleted from the ones that get an immediate "yes" (and the answer has less to do with your credentials than you probably think).

Sam's breaking down the simple 3-part framework behind guest pitches that top hosts actually respond to, what to put in your P.S. to build instant credibility, and the one habit that makes hosts want to book you. If you want to know exactly what top hosts look for before they invite you on their show, hit play and let's dive in.

…

1:56 – The 3 Things Every Podcast Host Looks for in a Guest Pitch

2:48 – Why Shorter Guest Pitches Get More Replies

4:35 – What to Put in Your P.S. to Build Instant Credibility

8:36 – How to Choose the Right Podcasts to Guest On

16:09 – The Interview Prep Mistake That Makes You Forgettable

18:04 – The One Habit That Books You More Guest Appearances

…

Episode Links:

Meet Sam Brake Guia: PodWritten.com | LinkedIn

Listen to Sam’s Podcast: Mics to Millions

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

What to Do After Guesting on a Podcast to Get More Referrals and Clients

Why Guesting on Podcasts Won’t Grow Your Show (Unless You Do This)

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

What separates an average podcast interview from a bingeworthy one isn't the guest. It's the host.

Sam Brake Guia, host of Mics to Millions and co-founder of PodWritten, has interviewed hundreds of guests and studied the world's best interviewers to uncover what separates average podcast hosts from the ones you can't stop listening to. He's about to share seven podcast hosting skills you can apply right away to ask better questions, lead more engaging conversations, and create interviews your audience actually wants to finish.

Whether you're just launching a podcast or you've been hosting interviews for years, you'll walk away with ideas you can put to work the very next time you hit record.

Hit play and let's dive in.

…

2:04 – The Interview Planning Mistake Most Hosts Make

2:44 – How to Ask Questions Your Guest Has Never Been Asked

5:08 – The Interview Skill That Unlocks Bingeworthy Conversations

7:23 – The Simple Communication Habit That Makes You Sound More Confident

9:43 – The Editing Skill That Turns Good Interviews Into Great Ones

…

Episode Links:

Meet Sam Brake Guia: PodWritten.com | LinkedIn

Listen to Sam’s Podcast: Mics to Millions

...

Other Shows Mentioned In This Episode:

Where Should We Begin with Esther Perel

Diary of a CEO with Steven Bartlett

Creator Science with Jay Klaus

10% Happier with Dan Harris

Charisma on Command

The Tim Ferris Show

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

3 Things Top Hosts Look for Before Saying Yes to Your Guest Pitch

Why Most Podcast Guest Interviews Never Lead to Anything Else

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

If your podcast feels valuable to you but listeners are dropping off halfway through your episodes, the issue might not be your content but the way you’re communicating it.

Most experts think valuable podcast content means sharing more of what they know. But your listeners won't care how much you know until they understand what your knowledge can do for them. I'll walk you through the 3-part formula for turning your expertise into content listeners care about so more of the right people hit play, stay engaged, and come back for more.

Hit play and let’s dive in.

…

2:33 – Why Your Podcast Feels Clear to You, But Confusing to Everyone Else

6:18 – Why Listeners Won't Care What You Know (Until You Do This)

10:37 – The One Content Mistake That Makes Great Shows Forgettable

15:21 – The 3-Part Formula That Makes Listeners Think, "This Podcast Gets Me"

17:00 – How Specificity Makes Your Expertise Impossible to Ignore

…

Episode Links:

Next Thing You Know by Jordan Davis

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

What if you could monetize your podcast without creating more content, growing your audience, or landing sponsors? Most podcasters are sitting on revenue opportunities they don't even know they have. Jordan Blair, Buzzsprout's Podcast Producer and host of Dreamful Bedtime Stories with 13M+ downloads, is back with three low-effort ways to monetize your podcast using content you've already created.

She's unpacking why your back catalog may be a hidden revenue asset, how she started monetizing before her podcast even launched, and the mistake that prevents many podcasters from ever earning a dime from their show. So if you want to monetize your podcast without adding more to your plate, hit play and let's dive in.

…

0:45 – Where Most Hosts Overcomplicate Podcast Monetization

3:46 – Why the Easiest Podcast Revenue Comes From Content You've Already Created

8:58 – Why Your Episode Back Catalog Is a Hidden Revenue Asset

10:40 – How to Monetize Your Podcast Before You Launch It

13:10 – Why Most Monetization Problems Are Actually CTA Problems

…

Episode Links:

Meet Jordan Blair: Buzzsprout | LinkedIn

Listen to Jordan’s Podcast: Dreamful Bedtime Stories

Listen to Buzzsprout’s Podcast: Buzzcast

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Before You Chase Sponsors to Monetize Your Podcast, Listen to This

6 Ways to Earn Money with Buzzsprout Subscriptions

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Sponsorships aren't the revenue dream most podcasters think they are. In fact, they can be one of the least reliable forms of income from your podcast, and Jordan Blair, Buzzsprout's Podcast Producer and host of Dreamful Bedtime Stories (13M+ downloads), is here to expose why.

After landing major sponsors like BetterHelp and HelloFresh, Jordan found a more reliable way to monetize your podcast that doesn't require a massive audience, constant sponsor outreach, or waiting until your show is "big enough" to start generating revenue. She shares how to make money before you launch, why your first episode may be your most valuable asset, and one underutilized podcast monetization strategy you can use today with fewer than 100 downloads per episode.

Want to monetize your podcast sooner rather than later? Hit play and let’s dive in.

…

0:30 – Why Sponsors Aren't the Dream Most Podcasters Think They Are

5:44 – How to Get a Sponsor Before You Launch Your Podcast (or with Fewer Than 100 Downloads per Episode)

12:07 – Why Your First Episode May Be Your Most Valuable Asset

18:53 – The Revenue Stream That Survives When Sponsorships Don't

20:19 – The Monetization Strategy That Lets Creators Take a Break

…

Episode Links:

Meet Jordan Blair: Buzzsprout | LinkedIn

Listen to Jordan’s Podcast: Dreamful Bedtime Stories

Listen to Buzzsprout’s Podcast: Buzzcast

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why Your Next Dollar Should Come From Your Last Episode

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

The podcast industry has convinced you that podcast growth comes from choosing the right marketing tactic. Yet every day, thousands of podcasters are spending time on strategies they can't tell are helping, hurting, or doing nothing at all.

In this rapid-fire Q&A, I'm answering how to move your podcast to #1 in search results, the two factors that matter more than any single growth tactic, and the simplest way to determine which marketing strategies deserve your attention (and which ones don't). If you're serious about growing your podcast and want a better way to evaluate what's working, hit play and let's dive in.

…

2:03 – How to Move Your Podcast From #2 to #1 in Search Results

5:41 – The 3 Most Important Places to Optimize for Podcast SEO

9:08 – How to Choose the Right Podcast Marketing Strategy

13:41 – The 2 Factors That Matter More Than Any Single Growth Tactic

22:01 – The Hidden Skills Behind Every High-Performing Podcast

…

Episode Links

Think you've cracked today's mystery word? Go to PodLaunchHQ.com/mysteryword and enter your guess. Get it right, and you'll unlock a mystery prize hand-picked to help you improve your podcast's growth and performance.

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why Podcast SEO Makes It Easier Than Ever for Niche Shows to Get Discovered

3 Podcast SEO Strategies That Increased My Downloads 41%

3 Signs Your Podcast SEO Strategy Is Working

…

Special thanks to Eve Hall, Host of Please Me, and to the anonymous listener who submitted today’s questions.

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Whatever problem your podcast solves, it’s competing against every other show that promises to help listeners solve it.

I’m breaking down the 4 signs listeners are overlooking your podcast and the split-second decision that determines whether a new listener clicks play or picks another show to listen to. I’ll also share the five Podcast Content Gatekeepers® listeners judge before they ever hear your voice, why great content still gets ignored, and what to change so listeners stop scrolling past your show. Hit play and let’s dive in.

…

2:04 – The 4 Signs Listeners Are Overlooking Your Podcast Right Now

6:20 – Why Publishing Every Week Still Isn’t Growing Your Podcast

7:12 – The 0.5 Second Decision That Gets Listeners to Choose Your Show

9:03 – The 5 Podcast Content Gatekeepers Every New Listener Judges First

11:46 – The Competitor Analysis Exercise That Reveals Your Podcast’s Differentiator

…

Episode Links:

Get your editing off your plate so you can focus on growing your podcast: Book a call with Resonate Recordings

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

What Makes a Podcast Feel Addictive

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Most podcast hosts focus on teaching something valuable, but valuable content isn't what keeps listeners listening. And when attention drops halfway through an episode, listeners stop caring about what you say next.

TedX speaker and professional magician Jimi Gibson is breaking down why listeners mentally check out of episodes (even when you’re giving great info), the common mistakes that make people skip ahead or click away from your episode, and the psychological framework behind opening hooks, vocal delivery, and CTA transitions that keeps listeners hanging on for what comes next.

If you want listeners staying locked into your episodes from your opening hook to your CTA, hit play and let’s dive in.

…

2:35 – The 3-Part Hook Formula That Makes Listeners That Makes Listeners Stay Past The First 30 Seconds

6:16 – The Hyper-Specific Opening That Sounds Like You’re Reading Your Listener’s Mind

10:52 – The Curiosity Loop Structure That Keeps Listeners Listening Longer

19:29 – The CTA Transition Framework That Keeps Your Pitch From Feeling Salesy

22:42 – The Simple Vocal Shifts That Pull Distracted Listeners Back Into the Conversation

…

Episode Links:

Meet Jimi Gibson: Website | LinkedIn

Watch Jimi’s TEDx Talk: You Have Magic Power: Use It For Good

Get your editing off your plate so you can focus on growing your show: Book a call with Resonate Recordings

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The Podcasting Psychology Behind Shows Listeners Can’t Stop Listening To

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

If “good content” were enough to grow a podcast, more shows (including yours) would have listeners bingeing every episode the second it dropped. Instead, plenty of podcasts with valuable content struggle to hold attention long enough to grow, build trust, or drive action.

TEDx Speaker and professional magician Jimi Gibson conducts a live experiment here on the show to explain why some podcasts feel impossible to turn off, the 3 brain chemicals that influence whether listeners stay engaged or tune out. If you want to create episodes listeners stay glued to instead of mentally checking out halfway through, hit play and let’s dive in.

…

3:06 – The Live Experiment That Explains Why Some Podcasts Feel Impossible to Turn Off

11:21 – The 3 Brain Chemicals That Create a Satisfying Listening Experience

13:59 – How Curiosity Loops Keep Listeners Mentally Present in an Episode

15:02 – Why Contextual Details Keep Listeners Emotionally Engaged

19:56 – The Psychological Differences Between Content That Feels Immersive vs. Forgettable

…

Episode Links:

Meet Jimi Gibson: Website | LinkedIn

Watch Jimi’s TEDx Talk: You Have Magic Power: Use It For Good

Get your editing off your plate so you can focus on growing your show: Book a call with Resonate Recordings

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Steal This 3-Part Episode Framework to Keep Your Listeners Engaged

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

I’m breaking down the three podcasting mistakes to avoid that can make listeners lose interest quick, plus 4 words that reveal you’re overexplaining, the guest interview habit that can turn a great interview into a frustrating listen, and the 2 words that make you sound less credible behind the mic.

You’ll learn where these habits show up in podcast conversations, why listeners pick up on them faster than you think, and what to do instead if you want listeners finishing your episodes, trusting what you say, and clicking your CTAs instead of scrolling past them. Hit play and let’s dive in.

…

1:58 – Why Listeners Can Love Your Content but Still Not Trust You

9:28 – The 4 Words That Reveal You’re Overexplaining on Your Podcast

13:03 – The Guest Interview Mistake That Makes Listeners Lose Interest Fast

15:58 – The 2 Words That Make You Sound Less Credible Behind the Mic

19:08 – The Simple Exercise Before Hitting Record That Makes You Sound More Confident

…

Episode Links:

The Jefferson Fisher Podcast

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Say This in the First 15 Seconds to Keep Listeners Listening

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Most podcast launch advice focuses on hitting publish. Almost none of it teaches you how to launch in a way that helps listeners actually find, follow, and hit play on your show.

In this rapid-fire Q & A episode, I’m answering what to do when you’re launching a podcast with zero listeners or social proof, how to design a show that attracts the listeners you actually want, and why forcing yourself outside your comfort zone too early can make podcasting harder to stick with. If you want to hear the podcast launch strategy I recommend for getting more launch-day engagement and creating a show listeners come back to week after week, hit play and let’s dive in.

…

2:10 – What to Launch With When You Have Zero Listeners (And No Social Proof)

6:30 – The #1 Launch Mistake Most Hosts Make

9:35 – Why I Never Put Episode Numbers in My Titles

14:29 – The Best Way to Help Listeners Find Older Episodes

16:19 – Podcasting Advice for Introverts, From an Introvert

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

From 30 to 1000+ Podcast Downloads in One Day With This Simple Podcast Launch Strategy

Why Episode Numbers Don’t Belong in Your Episode Titles (and What to Do Instead)

…

Special thanks to Frank Bravo of ProLegal Brief (launching soon), members of the Buzzsprout Podcasting Community, and the anonymous listener who submitted today’s questions.

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Everyone is talking about video podcasting right now. Almost nobody is talking about what it takes to do it well without turning your audio show into a full-blown production.

Alban Brooke, Head of Marketing at Buzzsprout, shares the one question podcasters should ask before adding video, why most hosts spend too much on gear too fast, and the reason audio-first podcasting still has a major advantage despite all the industry hype around video.

If you’ve been wondering whether adding video is worth it (or just another way for podcasters to burn out chasing growth), hit play and let’s dive in.

…

2:16 – The One Question Podcasters Must Ask Before Starting Video

4:58 – How to Start Video Podcasting Without Overspending on Gear

8:42 – The Guest Setup Mistake That Makes Video Podcasts Hard to Watch

10:50 – The Video Editing Habit That Hurts Your Credibility

15:51 – The Reason Audio-First Podcasting Still Has an Advantage

…

Episode Links:

Meet Alban Brooke: Buzzsprout.com

Listen to Buzzcast

Get a $20 Buzzsprout credit with this link thanks to Alban and the Buzzsprout team.

Book a call with our partner, Resonate Recordings to get podcast production off your plate.

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Apple Video Podcasts Are Here. Should You Actually Care?

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Apple Video Podcasts are here, Amazon is following suit, and every podcaster is asking the same question: “Am I missing out if I’m not on video?” But the answer is a lot more nuanced than the internet makes it out to be.

Alban Brooke, Head of Marketing at Buzzsprout, breaks down the massive difference between how Apple, Spotify, and YouTube handle video distribution, the upsides (and downsides) of relying too heavily on algorithm-driven discovery, and what audio-first hosts need to understand before jumping into video podcasting just because everyone else is doing it.

If you’ve been wondering whether video podcasting is the future (or distracting you from building a show listeners would follow with or without video), hit play and let’s dive in.

…

2:06 – Why Podcasters Are Suddenly Rethinking Video Podcasting

5:58 – The Massive Difference Between YouTube Discovery and Apple Video Podcast Delivery

9:47 – The Video Podcasting Problem Nobody Warns You About

11:46 – The Short-Term Opportunity Most Podcasters Are Missing on Apple

16:13 – The Hard Truth About Video Podcasting and Audience Growth

…

Episode Links:

Meet Alban Brooke: Buzzsprout.com

Listen to Buzzcast

Get a $20 Buzzsprout credit with this link thanks to Alban and the Buzzsprout team.

Book a call with our partner, Resonate Recordings to get podcast production off your plate.

See where your podcast ranks in search with Ausha’s SEO tool (free trial)

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Know If Video Podcasting Is Worth It for Your Show

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Spotify has rolled out AI-curated playlists that claim to match listeners with shows like yours. Sounds like a win for podcast discovery... but is it?

In this podcasting trends episode, I test podcasting tools like this one and give you the unfiltered breakdown of whether they’ll help you grow your show or not. You’ll see whether AI-curated playlists are here to stay and how Spotify decides who get recommended.

If you want to know whether Spotify’s AI-curated playlists are worth your time (or just marketed that way), hit play and let’s dive in.

…

1:05 – What Spotify’s New AI Playlist Feature Is (and What It Changes About Podcast Discovery)

4:25 – How Spotify Decides Which Podcasts to Recommend (and What It Looks For)

8:05 – The 3 Title Mistakes That Get Your Episodes Ignored in Search

12:35 – Why Niche Podcasts Get Picked First (and How to Position Yours)

17:10 – What to Do Right Now to Get Your Podcast Recommended

…

Episode Links:

Get your editing off your plate so you can focus on growing your podcast: Book a call with Resonate Recordings

See where your podcast ranks in search with Ausha’s SEO tool (free trial)

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Podcasting Trends to Watch: Apple’s Video Update Explained (And Why It Won’t Grow Your Podcast)

5 Episode Title Mistakes That Make Your Show Easy to Skip

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

You’ve heard of Podcast SEO. You’ve probably even tried using AI to “optimize” your podcast. But if your show still isn’t showing up for the right keywords when listeners for search your topic, you don’t need more episodes or more downloads to get found. You need to know how to get Apple and Spotify to match you with the right people.

That’s why I invited Philip Pape, host of Wits & Weights, to break down how he’s using Podcast SEO to bring more listeners to his show without recording anything new (and ranking top 5 in search because of it).

If you want to turn your back catalog into a steady stream of new listeners, hit play and let’s dive in.

…

1:02 – How to Make Your Podcast Show Up When Listeners Search for Your Topic

4:20 – Where to Find the Keywords Your Podcast Is Already Ranking For

8:10 – How to Get More Listeners Without Recording Anything New

12:20 – Use AI to Find Your Best Performing Episodes in Minutes (and What to Optimize First)

12:20 – The 3 Places to Put Keywords So Your Podcast Shows Up Top 5 in Search

…

Episode Links:

Meet Philip Pape: Website | YouTube

Listen to Philip’s Podcast: Wits & Weights

Get a free trial with Ausha and see where your podcast ranks in search.

Sign up for my Podcast SEO Mastery course (Get $50 Off with Code TOP100)

Book a Call for Done-for-You Podcast SEO with our partner, Resonate Recordings

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why Podcast SEO Makes It Easier Than Ever for Niche Shows to Get Discovered

3 Podcast SEO Strategies That Increased My Downloads 41%

3 Signs Your Podcast SEO Strategy Is Working

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

We all know downloads aren’t the best metric for growing a podcast. And yet we still log into our hosting platform, check our downloads, and use that number to decide if our show is working (or worth continuing).

That’s one of the biggest podcasting mistakes you can make, and the only way to fix it is to start tracking the 4 metrics that show if you’re actually reaching new listeners, keeping them listening, and turning them into leads. (I guarantee you’re not tracking these, and #4 will make you wonder why you didn’t look at this sooner).

If you’re ready to finally know which numbers matter in growing a podcast (and which ones don’t), hit play and let’s dive in.

…

1:02 – Why Downloads Are Lying to You About Your Podcast Growth

5:20 – The 4 Metrics That (Really) Tell You If Your Podcast Is Growing

9:40– How to Track New Listeners (and Know If You’re Reaching Fresh People)

13:10 – The Engagement Benchmark That Tells You If Listeners Are Actually Staying

16:45 – The One Metric Most Podcasters Aren’t Tracking (and How It Ties to Revenue)

19:05 – What Happens When You Track the Right Metrics for 90 Days

…

Episode Links:

Get your editing off your plate so you can focus on growing your podcast: Book a call with Resonate Recordings
See where your podcast ranks in search with Ausha’s SEO tool (free trial)
Find your unique listener count with PodAnalyst

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The Truth About Podcast Episode Length (and Why Most Get It Wrong)

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

If people are listening to your podcast, but not clicking your links, joining your list, or buying your stuff, your listener journey is probably missing a few key steps.

Vance Morris spent years behind the scenes at The Walt Disney Company learning how to engineer user behavior, and he’s about to show you how to apply the same audience psychology principles to guide listener action inside your podcast.If you’re ready to fix the gaps in your listener journey so more people follow your show, become fans, and buy from you, hit play and let’s dive in.

…

1:52 – Audit Your Listener Journey So You’re Not Blocking Listens, Signups, or Sales

5:33 – Train Your Listeners to Click by Building Interaction Into Your Podcast

10:59 – Use Open Loops and Cliffhangers to Hold Attention Through Your Episode

12:57 – The Biggest Reason Why Giving CTAs Feels Awkward

17:15 – Use Deadlines to Increase Follow-Through Without Sounding Pushy

…

Episode Links:

Meet Vance Morris: Website | LinkedIn
Listen to Vance’s Podcast: Systematic Magic

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The Disney Playbook Behind Podcasts Listeners Actually Follow and Come Back To

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

What makes Walt Disney World the one place most people can’t wait to go back to? It’s not the rides, the characters, or the fireworks. It’s how every moment is engineered to guide exactly what Disney wants you to do next.

Vance Morris spent years behind the scenes as a Disney exec learning exactly how they do it, and he’s going to show you the Disney “magic” that’ll help you keep listeners engaged in between episodes, what to say and do in the first 30 seconds so they don’t drop off, and how to guide someone to hit follow and come back for more.

If you want your podcast to be the something listeners act on and not just listen to, hit play and let’s dive in.

…

1:07 – The “Line-ertainment” Principle Disney Uses to Keep People Engaged While Waiting in Line for Hours

6:49 – The Emotional Triggers Disney Builds In to Get People to Take the Next Step

8:11 – The Common Podcasting Mistake That Makes Listeners Drop in the First 30 Seconds

13:03 – Why Your “Podcast Voice” Could Be Contributing to Your Listener Drop-off Rates

15:11 – How to Increase Listener Engagement Between Episode Drops So They Come Back Again and Again

…

Episode Links:

Meet Vance Morris: Website | LinkedIn
Listen to Vance’s Podcast: Systematic Magic

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

5 Underused Podcasting Strategies That Get Listeners to Click, Follow, and Buy

…

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

85% of podcast hosts are publishing on the most crowded day of the week, which makes it harder for their show to get seen when a new episode drops. I’m breaking down two truths and a lie about when to release your episodes, why consistency isn’t the key to growing a podcast, and why publishing episodes doesn’t mean people will find them. You’ll also learn the simple way to choose a release day that gives your show a better chance of being seen.

If you want to give your podcast a real shot at getting found, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:02 – What Most Podcasting Advice Gets Wrong About Episode Timing

3:05 – Where to Get Podcasting Advice That Isn’t Generic

10:07 – Why Consistency Builds Trust (But Won’t Grow Your Podcast)

12:30 – Why Publishing Episodes Doesn’t Mean People Will Find Them

14:50 – How to Choose the Best Release Day in Your Category

16:13 – One Simple Way to Improve Your Podcast’s Visibility This Week

...

Episode Links:

See Where Your Podcast Ranks in Search with Ausha (Free Trial)

...

Other Episodes You'll Love:

The Truth About Podcast Episode Length (And Why Most Get It Wrong)

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Most podcasters are using CTAs in their episodes and still getting zero clicks, signups, or sales. It’s not because CTAs don’t work. It’s because they’re placed at the wrong time, in the wrong spot, and said in a way listeners ignore.

If you’re wondering where CTAs belong (and where they KILL listener engagement), how to time them so listeners don’t get ad fatigue, and what to say so they feel like part of the content and not a random commercial for Better Help, hit play and let’s dive in.

…

4:30 – Where CTAs Actually Belong in Your Episode (And Where They Kill Engagement)

7:05 – How Many CTAs to Include Without Causing Ad Fatigue

10:20 – The 4 Types of CTAs and When to Use Each One

14:10 – How to Structure a CTA So People Actually Click, Sign Up, and Buy

21:10 – How to Know What’s Working (and What’s Not) in Your Podcast CTAs

…

Recommended Ad Framework:

[introduce problem]
[bigger problem it creates]
[what they've done to fix]
[why it hasn't worked]
[what they need to do instead]
[your solution]
[CTA]

…

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Are Sponsorships Worth the Effort for Small Shows?
Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Most podcasters think AI speeds things up, when in reality they’re spending more time fighting with the AI and fixing what it writes.

Podcast systems expert Joe Casabona is here to show you the one warning sign you’ve become too reliant on AI and how it’s making you 9% dumber (according to the WSJ). Plus the 3-question test that reveals when AI is helping your workflow or when task automation is the smarter tool to use instead.

If you’re tired of wrestling with AI just to sound like yourself again, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:30 – Where AI Actually Costs You More Time Than It Saves

8:20 – One Warning Sign That Tells You If You’ve Become Too Reliant on AI

12:30 – How AI Turns Simple Tasks Into More Work in 3 Ways

16:25 – Why AI Is the Wrong Tool for Tasks Automation Should Handle

24:01 – The 3 Questions That Tell You Where AI Is Worth Using (or Not)

...

Episode Links:

Meet Joe Casabona: Website | LinkedIn
Listen to Joe’s Podcast: Streamlined Solopreneur
Read Joe’s Blog: The 3 Question Test for Using AI Effectively
Save 12 Hours a week with Joe's Podcast Automation Planners

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Is AI Making Your Podcast Easier to Skip?

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Most creators are using AI podcasting tools in a way that hurts their podcast’s credibility without even realizing it.

Podcast systems expert Joe Casabona is breaking down what listeners pick up on when you use AI in your podcast content, why "sounding more polished" doesn’t always lead to better engagement or listener action, and exactly where to draw the line so the AI you're using to make your show better doesn't become the reason people skip it.

If you want listeners to trust what they hear from you (and take action on your episodes), hit play and let’s dive in.

...

2:11 – The Real Risk of Assuming That AI Makes Your Podcast Better

9:53 – What Listeners Pick Up On When Your Thinking Is Outsourced

13:21 – The Difference Between Using AI to Refine vs Replace Your Ideas

15:13 – What Listeners Actually Connect With That AI Can’t Recreate

18:59 – Where to Draw the Line So AI Doesn’t Hurt How Listeners Respond to Your Podcast

...

Episode Links:

Meet Joe Casabona: Website | LinkedIn
Listen to Joe’s Podcast: Streamlined Solopreneur
Read Joe’s Blog: When to Bring in AI (and When Not To)
Save 12 Hours a week with Joe's Podcast Automation Planners

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Where AI Wastes More Time Than It Saves in Your Podcast (3 Questions to Ask)

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

What makes the difference between a podcast listeners like and one they trust enough to act on? It’s not your episode length, your guest list, or how much “value” you pack into the conversation. It’s how your message makes listeners feel about themselves while they’re hearing it.

I'm breaking down the three psychology-backed communication patterns that help listeners see you as the expert they should follow and make listeners feel like you're speaking directly to them. If you want your podcast to be the one people turn to for answers they can trust, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

0:30 – Why Listeners Enjoy Your Podcast but Still Don’t Take Action

2:41 – The Self-Biased Assumptions Your Audience Is Bringing Into Every Episode

4:44 – 3 Ways to Get Listeners to Stop Nodding Along and Start Taking Your Advice

9:19 – How to Help Listeners See What’s Been Holding Them Back

13:12 – How to Make Your Podcast Messaging More Persuasive Without “Selling”

...

Episode Links:

Sleight of Mouth by Robert Dilts 📘
Brandon Lucero’s Podcast: New Generation Entrepreneur
James Wedmore’s Podcast: Mind Your Business

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Hit Play
The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Converting

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

Sleight of Mouth: The Magic of Conversational Belief Change

View Details

Unless they have a word-of-mouth recommendation, most listeners decide whether your podcast is worth their time before they hit play. And if they can’t immediately tell why your show is relevant to them personally, they’ll choose one of the countless other podcasts competing for their attention instead.

That’s why I’m breaking down the four signs that help you spot whether listeners are skipping your show, what makes a podcast instantly worth clicking, and the five places your podcast messaging needs to convince listeners of your value before they hear your voice.

If you want to understand how listeners decide whether your podcast is worth listening to (and what to fix if yours isn’t getting picked), hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:52 – 4 Signs Listeners Are Choosing Other Podcasts Over Yours

3:36 – Why “Just Keep Publishing” Isn’t Fixing Your Podcast Growth

4:16 – The Core Differentiator That Makes Listeners Choose You

9:04 – The Five Podcast Content Gatekeepers® That Decide Whether Listeners Hit Play

13:59 – What Makes a Podcast Feel Worth Listening To Immediately

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Diagnose Exactly Where Your Podcast Is Losing Listeners

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

If no one is sharing your episodes, recommending your show, or mentioning it in their communities, the problem usually isn’t the quality of your content. It’s how (and where) you’re asking people to engage with it.

Podcasting Hall of Famer Arielle Nissenblatt is breaking down the podcasting mistakes that make a show harder to share, from email newsletters that train subscribers to ignore you to podcast pitches that get deleted before anyone even opens them. We also unpack how a handful of niche relationships can grow your podcast faster than relying on nonstop self-promotion.

If you know your show is valuable (but it’s not getting shared like you think it should) hit play and let’s dive in.

...

2:12 – Why “New Episode Out Now” Emails Don’t Grow Your Podcast

3:18 – How to Pitch Podcast Newsletters and Curators the Right Way

9:02 – The Partnership Strategy That Grows Podcasts Faster Than Promotion

13:11 – Where to Pitch Your Podcast for Apple and Spotify Features

17:15 – The Offline Podcast Marketing Idea That Can Bring New Listeners to Your Show This Week

...

Episode Links:

Meet Arielle Nissenblatt: Website | LinkedIn
Subscribe to the EarBuds Newsletter: EarBuds.audio
Curate a list or pitch your podcast: EarBuds.audio/curate

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why People Find Your Podcast But Don’t Hit Follow

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Most podcasters think getting new listeners is about promotion: more clips, more posts, more ads. But if people find your show and don't hit follow, your downloads won’t change and “more promotion” won't fix it.

Podcasting Hall of Famer Arielle Nissenblatt is unpacking why not every podcast automatically earns an audience, and what makes a listener decide if a show is worth following in the first place. She exposes what your own listener behavior may reveal about why people click, follow, and come back week after week, and how you can use these same insights to turn more listeners into followers.

If you’re publishing a new episode every week but your downloads haven't grown in the last 90 days or more, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:02 – Why Some Podcasts Earn an Audience (and Others Never Do)

5:34 – Promotion Alone Won’t Grow Your Podcast

7:11 – What Actually Makes a Podcast Worth Recommending

12:30 – The Surprising Role Word-of-Mouth Still Plays in Growing a Podcast

20:07 – Why People Don’t Always Listen the First Time They See Your Podcast

...

Episode Links:

Meet Arielle Nissenblatt: Website | LinkedIn
Subscribe to the EarBuds Newsletter: EarBuds.audio
Curate a list or pitch your podcast: EarBuds.audio/curate

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

4 Podcasting Mistakes That Kill Word-of-Mouth Growth

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Apple Podcasts just rolled out a new video experience, and the industry is split down the middle. Some are calling it transformative. Others are calling it irrelevant. But the real question is: what does this actually mean for your show?

I'm breaking down what’s changed inside Apple Podcasts (in plain English), why this update improves user experience but does NOT improve podcast discovery, and when video podcasting makes sense for you (and when it doesn’t).

If you want podcast growth without chasing every platform update, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:02 – Why Apple’s “New” Video Isn’t Actually New

5:34 – Why Apple’s Video Update Won’t Grow Your Podcast Audience

7:11 – The Real Cost of Adding Video to Your Podcast

8:34 – Why You’re Not Behind If You’re Audio-Only

12:30 – What Actually Fixes a Podcast That Isn’t Growing

... Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The Dark Side of Video Podcasting (and Why So Many Regret It)

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

It doesn’t matter how good your episodes are if listeners can't find them. You can add video, guest on other podcasts, or post on social media, but if your podcast isn’t showing up in search, you're missing out on 70% of listeners who find new shows that way every day.

I’m breaking down the 3 podcast SEO moves that took this show from ranking #97 in search to consistently landing in the top 1–3 and increasing downloads 41%. The same moves you can implement immediately to help your podcast marketing efforts pay off instead of burning you out.

If you’re ready for a simple podcast marketing system that compounds with every new episode and gets your show discovered by new listeners 24/7, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

2:18 – If Your Podcast Isn’t Showing Up in Search, This Is Why

6:04 – Why Adding Video Won’t Fix a Discovery Problem

9:47 – 3 Podcast SEO Shortcuts That Help You Get Found 24/7

14:32 – The Exact Order to Optimize Your Podcast for Search

18:06 – What 30 Days of Podcast SEO Can Do for Your Search Rankings

...

Episode Links:

See Where Your Podcast Ranks in Search with Ausha (Free Trial)
Get the Podcast SEO Mastery Course ($50 Off with Code TOP100)
Book a Call for Done-for-You Podcast SEO with our partner, Resonate Recordings

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why Podcast SEO Makes it Easier than Ever for Niche Shows to Get Discovered
41% Podcast Growth in 30 Days with Podcast SEO. Here's How.

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

There are the podcasters who publish an episode, close their laptop, and hope the right listeners somehow find it. Then there are ones who understand that if their show doesn’t appear in search, it might as well not exist.

Fellow podcaster Eve Hall knows what it feels like to be invisible to the very listeners you’re trying to serve. But instead of recording more episodes or chasing the next podcast marketing tactic, she made a few strategic changes to the content she was already creating, and within one week, her podcast hit #1 worldwide in search.

So if you’re ready to stop hoping listeners stumble across your podcast and start showing up where they’re already searching, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

0:32 – The Harsh Truth About Podcast Search Visibility

5:48 – The 4 Actions That Actually Move You Up In Podcast Search

8:20 – The Show Notes Strategy That Multiplies Keywords Across Your Entire Catalog

13:55 – How To Rank For Competitive Keywords Without Sounding Like A Robot

16:46 – The #1 SEO Myth Keeping Podcasters Invisible

...

Episode Links:

Meet Eve Hall: Website | LinkedIn
Listen to Eve’s Podcast | Please Me
See Where Your Podcast Ranks in Search with Ausha (Free Trial)
Get the Podcast SEO Mastery Course ($50 Off with Code TOP100)

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

5 Best Podcast SEO Practices to Rank at the Top of Apple & Spotify Search
3 Signs Your Podcast SEO is Paying Off

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

You don’t need a massive podcast audience to get media attention, because in the PR world, downloads aren’t what open doors.

Media experts Bridget Sicsko and Lydia Bagarozza are back to break down the exact PR system podcasts your size can use in just 1–2 hours a week to get quoted and featured in top media publications, plus how to turn that visibility into bigger guests and stronger partnerships instead of a one-time win.

If you’re ready to move from understanding why PR works to knowing exactly how to use it in growing a podcast, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

2:01 – The First PR Move Small Podcasts Should Make

5:45 – What Makes a Pitch Work When You Don’t Have Big Numbers

10:30 – How to Turn One Yes Into Multiple Opportunities

16:10 – The 4-Step PR System You Can Run in 1–2 Hours a Week

19:05 – What to Do After You Get Featured (So It Actually Pays Off)

...

Episode Links:

Meet Bridget & Lydia: Website | YouTube
Check out Bridget & Lydia’s Podcast: Visibility Era
Create a free HARO account (HelpAReporter.com)
Create an Expert Page on Featured.com
Get $50 Off Qwoted.com

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why You Don’t Need Big Download Numbers to Get Big Guests, Sponsors, and Deals

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

If you’ve been telling yourself that bigger downloads are the reason other podcasts land better guests, sponsors, and opportunities, think again.

PR and media experts Bridget Sicsko and Lydia Bagarozza are breaking down what actually gets small podcasts taken seriously, and how you can get quoted and featured in top media and PR publications to build social proof for your show with fewer than 100 downloads an episode.

If you want dream guests, sponsors, and big opportunities to come your way without waiting around for your downloads to grow, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:15 – Why It's a Myth That Bigger Shows Get Better Opportunities

6:30 – How Listeners Really Decide Whether to Trust Your Podcast

11:20 – Why Media Wants You to Pitch Them About Your Show

13:55 – What Makes a Podcast Feel Legit Right Away

16:40 – How Being a Small Show Can Actually Work in Your Favor

...

Episode Links:

Meet Bridget & Lydia: Website | YouTube
Listen to Bridget & Lydia’s Podcast: Visibility Era
Create a free HARO account (HelpAReporter.com)
Create an Expert Page on Featured.com
Get $50 Off Qwoted.com

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Get Your Podcast Featured in Top Publications Without a Big Audience

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Your podcast might not be invisible. It's also possible that new listeners are seeing it every day but scrolling right past it.

In this Fix My Pod coaching session, I’m sitting down with estate planning attorney Sara Ecklein to pinpoint what her podcast was accidentally communicating to new listeners, where her cover art and show title were losing clicks, and what to change so the right listener instantly thinks, “Holy cow, this IS for me!”

If you’re tired of putting time and effort into your podcast only to see the same numbers staring back at you every week, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:45 – What a New Listener Decides About Your Show in 0.5 Seconds

3:20 – The One Question Listeners Need Answered Before They’ll Click Play

7:05 – What “Great Episode!” Feedback Signals About Your Podcast Messaging

10:30 – The 5 Things Listeners Scan Before They Click Play (or Scroll Past)

14:40 – The Hidden Spotify Metric That Tells You If Your Cover Art Earns the Click

19:10 – The Audience-Borrowing Strategy That Turns Strangers Into New Listeners

...

Episode Links:

Meet Sara Ecklein: Website | LinkedIn
Listen to Sara’s Podcast: The Legacy of Love

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

4 Signs It's Time to Rebrand Your Podcast
How to Choose a Bingeworthy Name for Your Podcast
3 Podcast Cover Art Mistakes You Didn't Know You Were Making

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

If you’ve ever opened your content calendar, stared at a blank doc, and wondered whether skipping a week of publishing would really be that bad, this one’s for you.

Instead of forcing an idea or recycling old content, I’m sharing 5 stealthy ways to come up with episode ideas fast, plus exactly how I decide what to record when my brain is empty and an episode needs to go live in less than 24 hours.

If you need a way out of the panic spiral when an episode is due and you’ve got nothing ready, hit play and let's dive in.

...

1:05 – The Fastest Way Out of the “What Should I Record?” Spiral

4:10 – The 3 Questions That Pull Episode Topics Out of Thin Air

7:30 – Why Following Audience Signals Beats Waiting for Inspiration

11:45 – Rapid-Fire Listener Q&A Built in Real Time

17:50 – How to Decide What to Record When You’ve Got Nothing Read

...

Episode Links:

Looking for quality podcast guests (or to be a podcast guest)? Sign Up at PodMatch.com

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Steal My High Converting Episode Framework
Not Sure What to Talk About Next on Your Podcast? Try This.
How to Make a Bold Comeback After Hitting Pause on Your Podcast
Steal This Episode Planning Framework to Cut Your Prep Time in Half

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Most podcasters think their podcast messaging is clear enough until they realize the listeners they want are scrolling straight past it.

PodLaunch Accelerator grad Anthony Craiker learned this the hard way after launching a podcast that only a handful of people ever listened to. So he rebuilt his show from the inside out, earned an Apple Top 100 spot during his relaunch, and is showing you how to make your show the one listeners choose over countless others in your category.

If you're done feeling like the best-kept secret in podcasting and want your show to get found and followed, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

0:02 – The Hidden Blind Spot in Your Podcast Message (Why Listeners Misunderstand Your Show)

1:58 – The “Before” Story: A Podcast Without Clear Positioning or Direction

3:15 – The Two Biggest Breakthroughs (Ideal Listener + Understanding Podcast Data)

7:22 – How Clear Listener Positioning Transforms Your Podcast Content & Strategy

14:48 – What Really Changes After a Podcast Launch

...

Episode Links:

Meet Anthony Craiker: Website | LinkedIn
Listen to Anthony’s Podcast | Parents Making Time
See Anthony’s Cover Art Before & After

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Is Your Audience Too Broad to Grow? Here’s How to Tell

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Most podcasts lose listeners in the first 15 seconds. Not after the first ad. Not halfway into the episode. Right at the start.

I'm breaking down what’s happening in your listener’s brain the moment they hit play, why top podcasts obsess over their opening lines like the rest of the episode depends on it (because it does), and a simple structure to follow to grab and keep your listener's attention.

If you’re ready to turn your first 15 seconds into a reason listeners stay, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:02 – Why Most Podcasts Lose Listeners in the First 15 Seconds

4:48 – Five Common Episode Openings That Make Listeners Tune Out

7:37 – 4 Things Your Opening Hook Must Do to Earn a Listener’s Attention

11:49 – The C.A.T.S. Framework for Structuring a Bingeworthy Episode Opener

20:14 – How to Write Episode Hooks that Increase Listener Engagement

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Diagnose Exactly Where Your Podcast is Losing Listeners

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Some podcast networks promise you reach and revenue, but limit how you monetize, distribute, and control your content. This episode will help you spot those red flags before signing on the dotted line.

Stephen Perlstein from Libsyn is back to break down how podcast networks make money, what they’re looking for in a show like yours, and how to tell the difference between a partnership that supports growth and one that comes with strings attached.

If you want to protect your revenue, audience, and creative control before saying yes to a podcast network deal, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

3:10 – How Podcast Networks Actually Make Money

7:17 – Why Networks Can't “Send You More Listeners”

9:30 – Red Flags Most Podcasters Miss When Considering Joining a Network

12:48 – What Podcasting Networks Expect From You In Return

14:48 – When a Podcasting Network Deal Is Actually Worth It

...

Episode Links:

Meet Stephen Perlstein: Substack | LinkedIn
Read Stephen’s take on where podcasting is headed next: Building the Future of Podcasting

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Know If a Podcast Network Is Right for You

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

If you think getting picked up by a podcast network is the fast track to podcast growth, this episode will save you from disappointment (and probably a bad contract).

Stephen Perlstein (Senior VP at Libsyn) is breaking down how podcast networks actually work and when the right one can be a smart move for your show. We’re also unpacking what networks do well, what they don’t do, and the biggest red flags to watch for when evaluating a potential network deal.

If you’re curious about podcast networks and want to know how to spot the signs of a partnership that can support your show’s long-term growth, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:02 – Why "Getting Picked Up by a Network” Won’t Magically Grow Your Show

3:26 – What a Podcast Network Actually Is (And What It’s Not)

10:08 – Major Red Flags to Watch for in Podcast Network Deals

12:41 – Should You Ever Pay to Join a Podcast Network?

13:12 – What Monetizing Your Podcast via a Network Actually Looks Like

...

Episode Links:

Meet Stephen Perlstein: Substack | LinkedIn
Read Stephen’s take on where podcasting is headed next: Building the Future of Podcasting

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Podcast Network Red Flags to Watch For

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Podcast platforms are changing what gets seen and shared, and if your show is built for how podcasting worked a few years ago, it's going to skipped, buried, or replaced.

I'm bringing in five industry experts to break down the biggest shifts happening inside podcasting right now, from search-driven discovery and AI-generated content to changing listener behavior and new monetization models. Because the next era of podcasting won’t reward the biggest shows. It’ll reward the ones built for how listeners actually discover, trust, and choose podcasts today. If you want to stay visible as podcasting enters its next era, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:16 – Why Podcast Discovery Is Changing Faster Than Most Hosts Realize

3:03 – How Podcast Platforms Are Starting to Influence Discovery

4:28 – Why Listener Attention Is Becoming Podcasting’s New Currency

6:20 – The Biggest Risk AI-Generated Podcasts Pose to Listener Trust

8:16 – Why Indie Podcasters Are Moving Beyond Traditional Ad Revenue

...

Big Thanks to This Episode’s Guest Experts:

Jennifer Han: Ausha | LinkedIn | PodWars
Alex Sanfilippo: PodMatch | LinkedIn | Podcasting Made Simple
Tom Rossi: Buzzsprout | LinkedIn | Buzzcast
Ellie Puckett: Resonate Recordings | LinkedIn | Renegade Ventures
Lauren Passell: Tink Media | LinkedIn | Podcast The Newsletter

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

4 Must-Know Podcasting Predictions to Capitalize On This Year

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Even the smartest, most consistent podcast hosts still struggle to grow when listeners don’t immediately understand why their show is worth choosing, sharing, or coming back to.

PodLaunch Accelerator grad Lauren Penna learned this the hard way, sharing what went wrong with her first podcast, the positioning shift that helped her relaunch into the Top 100 in four countries (including #4 in the U.S.), and how to make your own show something listeners actively seek out and share.

If you’re done spending hours recording and editing just to hear “great show” and nothing else, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

2:03 – The Difference Between a Podcast People Like vs. One They Share

2:10 – What Listeners Do When They Can’t Tell Who Your Show Is For

6:47 – Why Overthinking Your Podcast Makes It Harder to Grow

8:58 – The Outreach Strategy Behind a 1,000-Download Relaunch

11:56 – What Changes When Your Podcast Becomes a Weekly Non-Negotiable

...

Episode Links:

Meet Lauren Penna: LinkedIn
Listen to Lauren’s Podcast | Intentionally Single

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

3 Types of Podcasting Advice You Can Totally Ignore
The Difference Between Hitting Publish vs. Launching a Podcast

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

If listeners tell you they love your podcast but you’re 50+ episodes in and still don’t know where people are finding your show, which episodes are driving signups, or how to connect podcast growth to revenue, there’s a reason this feels hard to measure.

In this Fix My Pod coaching session, Jill discovers why her podcast wasn’t driving signups or sales, the overlooked metrics that reveal what’s actually working, and the simple 90-day podcast marketing rule that will help you attribute revenue back to your show. If you’re ready to run your podcast like a Top 100 host who knows exactly what’s working (and why), hit play and let’s dive in.

...

0:02 – Why Your Podcast Isn’t Paying You Yet (Even If People Say They Love It)

15:42 – The Podcast SEO Plan That Grows Your Show While You Sleep

14:34 – The 90-Day Podcast Marketing Rule Every Podcaster Should Follow

23:00 – 3 Episode Patterns That Predict Future Podcast Growth

21:48 – The Partnership Strategy That Brings in High-Intent Listeners Fast

...

Episode Links:

Meet Jill Mastroianni: Website | LinkedIn
Listen to Jill’s Podcast: The Death Readiness Podcast

...

Other Episodes You'll Love:

Why Listeners Love Your Podcast But Aren't Becoming Clients

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

If your podcast isn’t growing, the problem usually isn’t that you need to publish more often or make better content. It’s that listeners are getting stuck at one of three key points in your podcast funnel, and most hosts never realize which one is slowing down their podcast growth.

I’m breaking down the three listener decisions that determine whether someone clicks on your show, keeps listening, or takes action after the episode ends, plus how to tell which bottleneck is slowing your growth right now so you can fix the leaks in your podcast funnel fast.

If you want a clear, data-backed way to get more listeners clicking, staying, and taking action, hit play and let's dive in.

...

4:49 – Content Problem or Podcast Marketing Problem? Here’s How to Tell

5:22 – What Your Retention Rate Actually Tells You About Your Episodes

9:36 – The Podcast Messaging Mistake That Costs You New Listeners

14:10 – A Simple Way to Pressure-Test Your Podcast Messaging for Clarity

20:10 – The Podcast Health Score That Shows You What to Fix First

...

Episode Links:

Get Early Access to the Podcast Health Score® Audit

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Q + A | My Podcast Isn't Converting. Help!
Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework
Not Getting Listens? It Could Be Your Episode Titles
3 Cover Art Mistakes You Didn't Know You Were Making
The Truth About Podcast Episode Length (And Why Most Get It Wrong)

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Most podcasters miss the early signs their show is losing listeners because they only watch downloads. That's why I’m showing you the three places in your podcast funnel that reveal how well your show attracts new listeners, keeps them listening, and drives revenue, plus how to use your Spotify and Apple data to spot the leaks fast.

When you finish this episode, you'll know what healthy listener retention and conversion rates actually look like so you can finally tell whether your podcast is attracting listeners, holding attention, and converting the way it should.

If you want to know exactly where your podcast is losing listeners before you waste time fixing the wrong thing, hit play and let’s dive in.

...

1:02 – Why Listeners Love Your Podcast but Aren't Becoming Clients

2:43 – The Podcast Listener Conversion Metric Every Host Ignores (And Why It Kills New-Listener Growth)

4:30 – The Spotify Numbers That Instantly Tell You If Your Cover Art and Title Are Working

12:49 – The Apple Metrics That Show Exactly Where Your Episodes Lose Attention

21:40 – The Easiest Way to Spot Early Revenue Signals From Your Podcast

...

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Stop Losing Listeners to Your Competition
The Secret to a Podcast People Can’t Stop Talking About

...

Got Podcasting Questions? Send them to me here.

Support the show

Love this show? Leave a review to say thanks in true podcasting style, or share it with your podcasting friends.

Podcast Health Score™Seeexactly where your show is losing listeners.

Podcast SEO Mastery Optimize your show so it can get found 24/7.

Apply for a spot on the showto getlive podcasting help from me.

Want more podcasting advice? See what I’m testing on Substack

Get reviews for your show with PodLottery

...

Special thanks toResonate Recordings, our implementation partner for PodLaunch® Accelerator. If your podcasting efforts aren't bringing you the listeners or sales you expected, book a strategy call for help to fix it.

Follow for more podcasting insights: LinkedIn | PodLaunchHQ.com

View Details

Amy Castro had already rebranded her podcast once, and her show still wasn’t reaching the right people. So she made one simple shift in how she positioned her show that landed her a Top 10 chart debut in her category with hundreds of new downloads in a single day.

In this episode, you’ll hear how Amy uncovered the gap keeping her from new listeners, and how you can make the same change to start attracting people who are already searching for a podcast like yours. So if you’re ready to stop talking to the same 100 people every week (as much as you love them!) —hit play and let’s dive in.

1:02 – Why Most Podcasts Struggle to Reach the Right Listeners

5:11 – The Common Mistake That Makes Your Podcast Harder to Find

10:46 – What Can Happen When Your Podcast Finally Matches What Listeners Are Looking For

19:22 – How to Turn Podcast Launch Data Into a Weekly Listener Growth Plan

Episode Links:

Meet Amy: PetParentHotline.com
Listen to Amy’s Podcast | Pet Parent Hotline

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why Podcast SEO Makes It Easier Than Ever for Niche Shows to Get Discovered

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Email us at hello@podlaunchhq.com to find out if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit and get tailored podcasting advice to grow your show.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

Deity VO-7U Boom Arm Kit USB Dynamic Podcast Microphone with RGB Lights for Game Podcast Stream YouTube (White)

View Details

Most podcasters think growth comes from hustling guest appearances or endlessly turning episodes into short-form videos for social media. But guesting eats up hours you don’t have, and social posts won't grow a show. So when you’re an independent podcaster without a big budget for ads (and without a lot of extra time), what actually works?

Lauren Passell of Tink Media is back to reveal one of the most overlooked organic strategies for podcast growth that lets you repurpose content you’re already creating and put it in front of new perfect-fit listeners. You’ll learn why this little-known approach works even for small shows, how to find the right partners, and how to set it up to grow your podcast in as little as 15 minutes a week. So before you waste another second chasing guest spots or grinding out clips that no one watches, hit play and let’s dive in.

3:01 – Why Guesting and Social Media Don’t Deliver Long-Term Growth

7:12 – The Real Reason Newsletter Swaps Work Even for Small Shows

12:34 – Why Your Own Email List Makes Every Swap More Valuable

19:57 – What to Offer Collaborators Even If You Think You Have Nothing to Give

23:41 – How to Tell If a Newsletter Swap Actually Worked

Episode Links:

Rephonic.com/graph
Meet Lauren Passell: TinkMedia.co | LinkedIn
Read Lauren’s Podcast The Newsletter

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The Audience-Borrowing Strategy That Turns Strangers Into Listeners
3 Low-Lift Ways to Get New Listeners Without Living on Social Media

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Email us at hello@podlaunchhq.com to find out if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit and get tailored podcasting advice to grow your show.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Podcast growth won’t come from convincing the same people who already know, like, and trust you to finally listen. Real podcast growth comes from turning strangers into listeners. But with no budget for ads and no time for social media, how do you actually make that happen?

In this episode, Lauren Passell of Tink Media breaks down the audience-borrowing strategy smart hosts use to get their shows discovered, recommended, and shared so your podcast doesn’t stay invisible while others in your niche take off. So if you’re ready to grow beyond the same 50 loyal listeners and finally start reaching new ones, hit play and let’s dive in.

3:12 – Why Catering to Your 50 Loyal Listeners Stops New Ones From Finding You

11:44 – The Hidden Shortcut to Finding Podcasts With Your Exact Audience

15:27 –A Zero-Cost Way to Get Promoted on Other Shows Every Week Without Podcast Guesting

18:59 – The Pitching Fix That Gets More Collaborators Saying Yes to You

22:36 – How to Turn One Small Collaboration Into Ongoing Listener Growth

Episode Links:

Rephonic.com/graph
Meet Lauren Passell: Website | LinkedIn
Read Lauren’s Podcast The Newsletter

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

3 Low-Lift Ways to Get New Listeners Without Living on Social Media
One Surprising Way to Reach New Listeners Without Guesting or Social Media

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Email us at hello@podlaunchhq.com to find out if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit and get tailored podcasting advice to grow your show.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Should you put episode numbers in your podcast titles? Some podcasters swear it makes episodes easier to find. Others argue it kills discoverability. And turns out, this one simple choice could shape how listeners see your entire show.

In this episode, I’m breaking down the pros and cons of episode numbers and showing you the simplest way to help listeners navigate your show without wasting valuable title space or hurting your podcast search rankings. So if you want listeners to discover more of your episodes (and see your podcast as professional and worth binging), hit play and let's dive in.

1:02 – Do Episode Numbers Really Help Listeners?

4:11 – The Surprising Pros and Hidden Cons of Episode Numbers

8:39 – How Episode Numbers Affect SEO and Discoverability

13:56 – 2 Smart Ways to Help Listeners Find Old Episodes

18:42 – The Simple Test to Know if Episode Numbers Are Right for Your Show

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The Exact Strategy Behind 15M Podcast Downloads a Month with Jordan Harbinger

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Email us at hello@podlaunchhq.com to find out if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit and get tailored podcasting advice to grow your show.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

What happens when you’re doing everything “right” (publishing weekly, emailing your list, sharing your episodes) but your podcast still isn’t growing? After a year of following the industry’s “just stay consistent” advice, Anne Rajoo was still trapped in 100-download jail no matter how many posts or promos she put out. With limited time and zero desire to live on social media, she needed a smarter path to podcast growth.

In this Fix My Pod session, you'll learn how to test whether your podcast can actually pull in strangers who don’t already know you, plus 3 high-leverage marketing moves you can start using today to get in front of fresh audiences already searching for your message.

Ready for your podcast to finally grow beyond the same handful of followers before you waste another year creating episodes no one new ever hears? Hit play and let’s dive in.

2:41 – Why Consistency Alone Keeps Podcasters Stuck in 100-Download Jail

7:55 – A Simple Test to See If Your Show Can Attract Strangers

12:03 – The Biggest Mistake Podcasters Make With Promotion (and What to Do Instead)

14:18 – 3 Smarter Growth Plays That Don’t Require Social Media

27:31 – The Overlooked Collaboration Strategy That Gets You in Front of New Listeners

Episode Links:

Listen to Anne’s Podcast: The Productivity Sweet Spot

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Found (and How to Fix It)
Why Your Social Posts Aren’t Driving Podcast Growth

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Email us at hello@podlaunchhq.com to find out if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit and get tailored podcasting advice to grow your show.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Every podcaster wants the same thing: a podcast that grows quickly, without eating more of your time, draining your energy, or demanding a marketing budget you don’t have. The truth? There's no single “fastest way” to grow your show. If there were, every podcast would already be successful, and you wouldn’t still be asking this question. But there IS a repeatable podcast marketing system that makes growth not only possible, but also predictable.

In this episode, I’m giving you podcast advice straight from the trenches as I tackle three listener questions that circle the same theme: how do you grow fast in podcasting without burning out or wasting time on marketing you hate. So if you’re ready to trade quick-fix gimmicks for a marketing system that gets more listeners tuning in every week (and keeps your sanity intact), hit play and let’s dive in.

0:58 – Why There’s No “One-Size-Fits-All” Podcast Growth Strategy

4:12 – The 90-Day Podcast Marketing Cycle That Turns Experiments Into Results

7:35 – The Podcast Growth Metric That Reveals if Your Show is Truly Working

15:49 – How to Pick Marketing Tactics That Match Your Unique Budget and Bandwidth

20:04 – How to Stop Relying on Luck and Start Creating Predictable Podcast Growth

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

What Spotify’s New Tools Mean For Your Podcast Growth
The 5 Podcasting Metrics No One's Teaching (That Actually Tell You If Your Show is Growing)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

What happens when the podcast you’ve worked so hard to build isn’t holding people’s attention? After her “perfect” launch — charting, downloads, glowing feedback — Dr. Annie Campanile quickly realized her show wasn’t nearly as shareable as she thought. So she made one gutsy change in her positioning, and nearly doubled her downloads in just 7 days.

In this episode, you’ll hear how Annie uncovered the disconnect that made her podcast hard to recommend, and why ignoring it could leave your show stuck under 200 downloads forever.

Ready to see how the words you choose can either cost you listeners or keep them coming back? Hit play and let’s dive in.

0:42 – Why a Perfect Launch Doesn’t Guarantee Growth

2:10 – The Early Warning Signs Your Podcast Isn’t Shareable

5:08 – How to Know When It’s Time to Rebrand

7:45 – The Positioning Shift That Can Double Your Downloads in a Week

14:12 – How to Trust Your Gut and Evolve Your Show Without Starting Over

Episode Links:

Meet Dr. Annie: AnnieCampanile.com | LinkedIn
Listen to Dr. Annie’s Podcast | Drama Free Teams

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Can’t Break 100 Downloads? Let’s Fix That
How to Choose a Bingeworthy Name for Your Podcast

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

What if the real driver of podcast growth isn’t how consistent you are or how well you market your show? There are 5 invisible mechanics every top podcast has in common, and the degree to which your show grows depends on how well these mechanics are working under the hood.

Alex Sanfilippo, the founder of PodMatch, has spent years studying what today's top podcasters do differently, and he's joining us back to break down the five non-negotiable mechanics that separate top shows from the rest, and how you can adopt them to support the podcast growth you want. So if you’re ready to find out whether your podcast has the mechanics it needs to grow (and what to fix if it doesn't), hit play and let's dive in.

1:52 – The Hidden Flaw That Keeps Most Podcasts From Growing

6:40 – How Top Hosts Protect Energy to Publish Consistently

13:18 – The Positioning Shift That Turns Casual Listeners Into Lifelong Fans

19:45 – The Growth Discipline Top Podcasters Never Compromise On

25:12 – The Podcast Workflow Fix That Opens Space for Creativity

Episode Links:

Meet Alex: PodMatch.com | LinkedIn
Listen to Alex’s Podcast: Podcasting Made Simple
Looking for better podcast guests (or to be a podcast guest)? Sign Up at PodMatch.com

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The One Content Shift That Can Double Your Downloads

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

If your podcast isn’t growing, it might be tempting to blame your marketing. But before you spend more time or money there, it’s time to take a hard look at your content. Because no marketing plan in the world can fix a show people don’t want to binge.

Alex Sanfilippo, founder of PodMatch, is here to show you how to change that. From making your content “infotainment,” to drafting narratives that hold attention, to structuring interviews that don’t wander all over the place, Alex has the tools to build a podcast people love—and he’s handing them to you. So if you’re ready to build the kind of show that attracts the right listeners on repeat, turns you into the go-to voice in your space, and makes your podcast marketing finally work the way it should, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:48 — Why Great Podcast Marketing Still Can’t Fix Boring Content

4:12 – How To Turn Information Into Infotainment That Keeps People Listening

7:58 – The Easiest Ways To Find Out What Your Listeners Actually Want

12:10 – The Narrative Trick That Makes Any Episode Bingeable

16:35 – How to Lead Guest Interviews That Keep Listeners Hooked

Episode Links:

Meet Alex Sanfilippo: PodMatch.com | LinkedIn
Listen to Alex’s Podcast: Podcasting Made Simple
Looking for better podcast guests (or to be a podcast guest)? Sign Up at PodMatch.com

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

5 Habits That Separate Top-Rated Podcasters From the Rest

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Most podcasters have no idea if their podcast SEO is working. You don’t want to spend hours optimizing your show only to stay invisible in search. The good news? Podcast SEO gives you both the thrill of quick wins and the payoff of long-term podcast growth when you know how to track it.

In this episode, we're breaking down exactly how to tell if your podcast SEO is paying off, the three metrics you need to track, and the tools that make it dead simple so you can know without a doubt that your show is showing up in search, getting clicked, and converting new listeners.

Ready to claim your place at the top of Apple and Spotify search with proof your SEO is paying off? Hit play and let’s dive in.

0:47 – Why Most Podcasters Waste Time on SEO That Doesn’t Work 6:22 – The Tools Serious Podcasters Use to Track Their SEO 9:18 – The Three Metrics That Tell You If SEO Is Paying Off 12:27 – The Growth Signal That Shows Your SEO Is Paying Off 15:17– The Simple Tracking Habit That Keeps You Visible in Search

Episode Links:

Podcast SEO Mastery Course
Done-for-You Podcast SEO
DIY with Ausha

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

5 Best Podcast SEO Practices to Rank at the Top of Apple and Spotify Search
41% Podcast Growth in 30 Days With Podcast SEO. Here’s How.
Why Podcast SEO Makes It Easier Than Ever for Niche Shows to Get Discovered

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

One in two podcast listeners discover new shows through search inside Apple and Spotify… which means, if your show isn’t showing up in search, you’re handing half your audience to someone else.

In this episode, we’re fixing that. I’m back in the studio with Irene Picco from Ausha to share the 5 best Podcast SEO practices that get your show ranking where listeners are already looking for content like yours, so every episode becomes a shortcut that helps your ideal listeners find you faster.

So if you want your show to be the one listeners see first when they’re searching for what you teach, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:54 – The Real Reason Half of Your Potential Audience Can’t Find You

7:41 – How to Spot the Best Keywords to Get Found by the Right Audience

14:08 – Broad Keywords vs. Niche Keywords (and Why You Need Both)

21:34 – Where to Put Podcast SEO Keywords for Maximum Ranking Power

28:50 – How to Stay in the Top 5 in Apple & Spotify Search Once You Get There

Episode Links:

Podcast SEO Mastery Course
Done-for-You Podcast SEO
DIY with Ausha

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

3 Signs Your Podcast SEO Is Paying Off
41% Podcast Growth in 30 Days With Podcast SEO. Here’s How.
Why Podcast SEO Makes It Easier Than Ever for Niche Shows to Get Discovered

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

41% more downloads in just 30 days. No podcast ads. No podcast guesting sprint. Just Podcast SEO done right.

In this episode, I’m joined by Irene Picco from Ausha, widely recognized as the global leader in tracking podcast SEO performance. Irene and I first unpacked this data live from stage at Podcast Movement, and now we’re giving you the inside look at the Podcast SEO experiment that helped this show climb 99+ search positions, rank top 5 for 10+ keywords, and grow 155.3% in just five months.

So if you're ready to see the kind of growth Podcast SEO can unlock for your show right now (and finally get discovered while others stay invisible), hit play and let’s dive in.

0:54 – What Makes Podcast SEO Different From Every Other Podcast Growth Strategy

2:31 – Why 1 in 2 Listeners Rely on Search to Find New Podcasts

5:15 – How One Show Climbed 99+ Positions With No Ads or Podcast Guesting

9:42 – The Visibility Advantage Niche Podcasters Have Right Now in Podcast Search

14:08 – Why Early Adopters of Podcast SEO Have a Competitive Edge

Episode Links:

Podcast SEO Mastery Course
Done-for-You Podcast SEO
DIY with Ausha

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

3 Signs Your Podcast SEO Is Paying Off
5 Best Podcast SEO Practices to Rank at the Top of Apple and Spotify Search
Why Podcast SEO Makes It Easier Than Ever for Niche Shows to Get Discovered

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

“Just stay consistent and make great content” is the podcast industry’s favorite advice, and it’s exactly why most shows never grow. It doesn’t matter how good your content is if no one can find it. And if your podcast isn’t showing up in search, you’re missing out on 54% of the listeners who are finding new shows that way every single day.

In this episode, I’ll show you how Podcast SEO makes it easier than ever for niche shows to get discovered, why it’s the only podcast growth strategy that compounds with every episode you publish, and how to get your show into the top five search results on Apple and Spotify without creating extra content, guesting nonstop, or wasting thousands on ads.

So if you’re tired of publishing episodes no one new ever hears, don’t want smaller, inactive shows outranking you for the exact keywords your ideal listeners are searching, and you’re ready for a steady stream of new listeners who binge, trust, and buy, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:54 – Why Content Alone Can’t Grow a Podcast
2:48 – Why Search is a Shortcut to New Listeners
5:36 – How Niche Shows Can Win With Specific Keywords
12:11 – The Podcaster Who Hit Top Search in One Week
15:45 – Why Early Adopters of Podcast SEO Have an Unbeatable Advantage

Episode Links:

Podcast SEO Mastery Course
Done-for-You Podcast SEO
DIY with Ausha

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

3 Signs Your Podcast SEO Is Paying Off
41% Podcast Growth in 30 Days (Here’s How)
5 Best Podcast SEO Practices to Rank at the Top of Apple and Spotify Search

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Taylor Swift’s engagement dominated headlines, but the real story is what it revealed about fan psychology. To outsiders, it might look like an obsession. In reality? This "crazy" fan behavior all boils down to simple human psychology. And it’s the same psychology you can use to get your listeners binging your podcast every week.

In this episode, I'm breaking down five simple but powerful shifts that will help you turn casual listeners into die-hard fans of your show. Plus, I’ll share easy ways to connect with your listeners both on and off the mic so they see you as more than a host, but a trusted friend whose advice they follow with their wallet.

Ready to create fans who treat your show the way Swifties treat Taylor? Hit play and let's dive in.

3:12 – Why Some Podcasts Feel Addictive (and Others Are Forgettable)

6:46 – 3 Ways Consistency Creates Fan Attachment (Like Swifties Waiting for Tickets)

12:38 – The Fastest Way to Turn a Stranger Into a Loyal Fan of Your Show

17:30 – How to Use Easter Eggs and Callbacks to Reward Listener Loyalty

23:15 – What Actually Gets Listeners to Trust You

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Taylor Swift’s Engagement Just Handed Us The Biggest Podcast Marketing Lesson Yet
Why Your Social Posts Aren’t Driving Podcast Growth

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Taylor Swift’s engagement isn’t just celebrity gossip, it’s the biggest podcast marketing lesson of the year.

Swifties aren’t only streaming her music, they're buying the exact Ralph Lauren dress she wore in her engagement photos and crashing ticket servers because they feel like they know her (even though in reality, they don’t).. That’s not hype, it’s human psychology. And nowhere do you have a bigger opportunity to tap into that exact same psychology than as a podcast host.

It doesn’t matter if you’re a Swiftie or not: if you want to learn how to apply listener psychology to turn casual listeners into raving fans who binge your show and buy from you, hit play and let’s dive in.

1:23 – Why Loyalty, Not Reach, Is the Real Driver of Podcast Growth

4:36 – What Swifties Teach Us About Building Fierce Podcast Fans

8:44 – The Line Between Manipulation and Genuine Connection

10:49 – How Parasocial Relationships Make Your Podcast Binge-Worthy

13:42 – Why 1,000 True Fans Will Grow Your Show Faster Than 1M Casual Listeners

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

5 Ways to Create Swiftie-Level Loyalty That Drives Podcast Growth

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You’ve niched down (at least, you think you have). You’ve defined your ideal listener, picked a category, maybe even reworked your show description and cover art (twice). But deep down, you’re wondering… have I niched down too far? Or not far enough?

In this Fix My Pod session, I help Anthony uncover the subtle red flags that were keeping listeners from hitting play on his content, and show you how to spot (and fix) the same signs in your own podcast so it’s impossible for your dream listeners to scroll past.

So if you’ve ever wondered whether your podcast is “specific enough” to stand out (and secretly worried that it’s not), hit play and let’s dive in.

0:43 – 3 Telltale Signs Your Audience Is Too Broad to Grow

2:51 – The #1 Reason Listeners Don’t Think Your Show Is for Them

6:17 – The Secret to Making Your Show Feel Like It’s Made for Your Dream Listeners

11:02 – How to Nail Your Niche WITHOUT Limiting Your Reach (or Boxing Yourself In)

16:48 – How to Make Your Podcast Impossible to Scroll Past

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Found (and How to Fix It)
The Dark Side of Video Podcasting (And Why Many Podcasters Regret It)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Hot topics get clicks. But what about the episodes you want to record, even if they’re not “trendy” or SEO-friendly? It's a smart question, and it begs an even bigger one: how do you make every episode sound like a must-listen so listeners can’t help but hit play, no matter what you’re talking about?

In this episode, I’m answering both and showing you how to strike the right balance between trending topics and thought leadership content that sets your show apart—and how to package those less “obvious” topics so listeners instantly see why those episodes are worth their time, too.

I’m breaking it all down in a simple framework you can steal right now so you can create a podcast you’re genuinely proud of (and never bored recording). So if you want every episode to earn its spot in your feed and get more listeners hitting play—hot topic or not—hit play and let’s dive in.

2:15 – Why Listeners Often Skip the Episodes You Care About Most

5:42 – How to Turn “Non-Trendy” Topics Into Must-Listen Episodes

7:58 – The Brain Cues that Drive Listeners to Hit Play

9:10 – The 3-Part Content Formula That Attracts Clicks and Builds Authority

13:48 – Why This Episode Mix Builds Loyalty and Long-Term Podcast Growth

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Think your podcast doesn’t need to solve a problem? In this episode, fellow podcast host and wine educator Kristi Mayfield shares how uncovering the problems her listeners cared about turned her “just for fun” show into a Top 100 podcast that’s now positioned to drive real revenue—and how you can do the same.

We’re breaking down how to find the problems your show solves, why they don’t have to be deep or life-changing to hook listeners, and why this one thing matters more than your audio quality, episode length, or even your guest lineup.

So if you want your podcast to stop being an expensive hobby and start positioning you for paid speaking gigs, clients, and revenue, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:45 – How to Stop New Listeners from Scrolling Past Your Show

2:08 – What “Solving a Problem” Means for Every Podcast (Yes, Even Entertainment and Community-Based Shows)

4:46 – The Fastest Way to Find the Problems That'll Make Your Listeners Hit Play

10:33 – Why Solving Small, Relatable Struggles Makes Your Podcast Instantly Addictive

15:00 – How to Frame Problems So Listeners Feel Seen (and Stick Around)

20:06 – How Clarifying Listener Problems Helped Kristi’s Podcast Break the Top 15 Episode Links:

Check out Kristi’s podcast: Everyday Sommelier
Connect with Kristi: Website | LinkedIn

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The Secret to a Podcast People Can’t Stop Talking About

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

It’s great to hear “I love your podcast!” from friends and fans — but let’s face it, we BOTH know that this kind of feedback won’t tell you why new listeners stop listening after one episode (or worse, why they aren’t hitting play to begin with).

That’s why Jay Nachlis, VP at Coleman Insights (the research powerhouse behind some of today’s most listened-to shows), joins me back inside this episode to share the surprising patterns behind what makes listeners hit play or scroll past a show. Plus, you’ll learn three quick tests you can run on your podcast right now that will show you what’s working (and what’s not) before you hit “publish” on your next episode.

Ready to find out why new listeners actually choose ( or skip ) your show? Hit play and let’s dive in.

0:43 – What First-Time Listeners Notice That Loyal Listeners Won't

2:38 – The Key Elements That Make or Break Your Podcast's First Impression

4:02 – How Often Should You Test Your Podcast to Stay Relevant?

7:28 – How to Turn Outside Feedback Into Podcast Decisions That Drive Growth

10:52 – 3 Quick Tests to Run Before Your Next Episode Airs

Episode Links:

Connect with Jay: LinkedIn | Website
Want to know what first impression your podcast is really making? Test it with PodPredictor

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Find Out What Listeners Really Want From Your Podcast

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Most podcasters rely on feedback from listeners and fans to figure out whether their podcast is good—and it’s costing them hundreds (even thousands) of potential new listeners who decide within seconds if your show is worth their time.

In this episode, Jay Nachlis, VP at Coleman Insights, joins me to reveal why this kind of surface-level feedback gives you a false sense of success, the blind spots that make new listeners tune out in the first 7 seconds, and how to get reliable input from real podcast listeners who don’t know you (and don’t already trust you)—so you can see exactly what first impression your show is making and what to refine so your show hooks new listeners right from the start.

So if you’ve ever logged into your podcast dashboard and wondered why your downloads still aren’t moving, this episode will give you answers you won’t find in your analytics. Hit play and let’s dive in.

0:32 – Why Friends’ Feedback Won’t Grow Your Podcast

1:39 – What Loyal Listeners Won’t Tell You (But New Listeners Will)

4:25 – The A/B Test That Shows Why People Hit Play

9:36 – The Surprising Feedback That Unlocked 100K+ Views on YouTube

15:15 – How to Find Out What Listeners Actually Want From Your Show

Episode Links:

Connect with Jay: LinkedIn | Website
Want to know what first impression your podcast is really making? Test it with PodPredictor

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

3 Tests Every Podcaster Should Run Before Their Next Episode

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Ever finished an interview and thought, “Well, that sucked”? Your audience felt that too — and one boring, rambling guest can make even your most loyal listeners question if they should ever hit play on your show again. But when your guests deliver specific strategies and bold takes they can’t get anywhere else, listeners finish the episode, tell a friend, and trust you more with every listen.

We're breaking down why “good on paper” guests don’t guarantee bingeworthy interviews, the four red flags to look for in guest pitches that scream “don’t book me,” and the guest vetting filter you can start using today to make sure every interview earns its place in your feed.

So if you’re done booking guests who look like a home run (only to yawn through their interview and later air it out of obligation) this episode shows you exactly how to fix it. Hit play and let’s dive in.

1:17 – 3 Guest Booking Mistakes That Cost You Listener Trust (and How to Avoid Them)

6:35 – Why “Good on Paper” Guests Don’t Guarantee a Bingeworthy Episode

8:52 – 4 Red Flags in Guest Pitches That Lead to Forgettable Episodes

14:30 – Why Your Guest Prep Needs to Go Deeper Than ChatGPT

17:30 – How to Prep First-Time Guests So They Sound Confident

22:05 – How to Get Seasoned Guests Off Autopilot (So Your Interviews Stand Out)

📘 My Go-To Books on Leading Better Interviews:

Talk to Me by Dean Nelson
Stop Asking Questions by Andrew Warner

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The 3 Biggest Reasons Your Listeners Tune Out During Your Guest Episodes
How to Lead Guest Interviews That Make Listeners Want to Binge Your Show

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

Talk to Me: How to Ask Better Questions, Get Better Answers, and Interview Anyone Like a Pro

View Details

You’ve done everything the podcasting experts say to do: publish weekly, stay consistent, share on social. Maybe you’ve even changed your cover art, rewritten your description, or tested a new format. But the listens STILL aren’t coming (and you’re low-key resenting how much time you’ve spent talking to an empty room.)

Most podcasters think it’s a marketing problem. But more often, it’s messaging — starting with your episode titles. And the longer you misdiagnose it, the longer your podcast stays invisible while someone with half your expertise gets the clicks. In this Fix My Pod session, I help Jennifer Avila, host of Wholesome TV Picks, spot why her dream listeners weren’t hitting play — and how a few small title tweaks can help your podcast get discovered, opened, and actually listened to.

So if you don’t want to spend another hour crafting episodes no one hears or talks about, hit play and let’s dive in.

6:25 – The Episode Title Mistake That Separates Boring Titles From Bingeworthy Ones

7:10 – Short or Long? How to Choose a Title That Stops the Scroll

8:40 – The One Element That Makes Titles Instantly Clickable

14:08 – What Search-Friendly Podcast Titles Actually Look Like

15:22 – The No-BS Test That Tells You If Your Episode Title Will Get Clicks

16:20 – Why Colons and Numbers in Your Titles Might Be Costing You Listens

Episode Links:

Grab the exact Bingeworthy Episode Title Cheat Sheet we use to write titles that rank and convert.

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The Psychology Behind Bingeworthy Episode Titles

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

If you’re tired of posting content to social media trying to grow your podcast only to get four likes and no new downloads—the problem isn’t the algorithm. The problem is that you’re expecting social to drive podcast growth instead of letting your podcast drive your social strategy.

That's because social isn’t where people go to discover your podcast. It’s where they decide if they trust you enough to listen to your show in the first place. That's why in this episode, I'll show you how to reverse-engineer your social media strategy, using your podcast as the engine behind scroll-stopping short-form content that builds trust, keeps you visible, and shortens the path to sales.

So if you're ready to build an online presence that reinforces your podcast and the bigger message you’re here to share, hit play and let's dive in.

1:12 – Why Your Podcast Clips Get Ignored (Even When the Episode’s Good)

4:05 – Why Likes Won't Always Lead to New Listeners

6:20 – How to Turn One Episode Into 5 Posts That Build Trust

15:48 – The One Thing Every Social Post Needs to Drive Clicks to Your Podcast

18:10 – What Connor Price Gets Right About Content that Converts

Episode Links:

@ConnorPrice

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why Content Repurposing Doesn’t Work—and What to Do Instead
How Much Should You Actually Teach Inside Your Podcast Episodes?

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

If you’ve ever thought, “My content’s so good—so why aren’t more people listening?” the problem might not be your content at all. It might be what your podcast is saying about you before people ever hit play (and what you’re saying once they do). Because even if your episodes are packed with value, if your show doesn’t clearly signal why people should pick your show out of hundreds of others they could listen to, the right listeners will scroll right past it.

That’s exactly what was happening for Cheryl Fischer, too. In this episode, you’ll hear how she went from doing everything “right” but still not seeing results, to rebranding her show in a way that finally got the right listeners tuning in, reaching out, and seeing her as the expert they wanted to work with.

So if you're ready to stop blending in and uncover the messaging gaps that are keeping the right listeners from hitting play, sharing your episodes, and emailing you asking, “How can I work with you?”—hit play and let’s dive in.

1:18 – Why Great Content Isn’t Enough to Get Listeners Choosing Your Show

3:40 – The Hidden Messaging Gaps That Could Be Keeping People From Hitting Play

6:25 – Why Effort Spent on Your Podcast Doesn’t Always Equal Traction

8:04 – How to Niche Down Without Losing the Listeners Who Matter

9:52 – The Message Shift That Gets Listeners Engaging Instead of Scrolling Past

16:44 – The Signs Your Podcast Is Finally Reaching the Right People

Episode Links:

Check out Cheryl Fischer’s podcast: Mind Your Midlife
Connect with Cheryl: Website | LinkedIn

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Make Your Podcast Worth Every Second You Spend on It
Boring Podcasts Get Ignored. Fix THIS.

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You’ve been told to make your podcast content “valuable,” but no one ever tells you what that actually means. So you default to teaching step-by-step—hoping that if you give away enough value for free, your inbox will be flooded with messages from people asking how to work with you. But that’s not how it works. Because listeners won’t hire you if they feel like they already got everything they came for.

So where’s the line between giving enough and giving too much? How much canyou share on your podcast without hurting conversions? And if you don’t have a business yet (or you're still figuring out how to monetize), how do you stay top of mind without giving so much away that there's nothing left to sell?

In this episode, I’m showing you how to keep your content genuinely helpful and intentionally designed to move listeners closer to working with you. If you’re ready to stay out of the “free coach” zone and build real demand for your work without overwhelming your audience or undercutting your value, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:58 – What “Valuable Content” Actually Means (And Why Most Podcasters Get It Wrong)

3:22 – The Subtle Way You’re Training Your Audience Not to Hire You

8:10 – A Simple Test to Know If You’re Sharing Too Much

12:45 – What Listeners Actually Need From Your Episodes

18:33 – How to Be Genuinely Helpful Without Turning Your Show Into a Free Advice Library or Undermining Your Paid Work

Episode Links:

The 5 Podcasting Metrics No One's Teaching (That Actually Tell You If Your Show is Growing)
How to Hit the Top 5 in Apple and Spotify Search Results
The Exact SEO Keywords You Need to Get Your Podcast Found

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Most podcasters treat email like a checkbox: “Sent the episode to my list—done.” But if that’s your whole strategy, it’s why no one's clicking. In this episode, email marketing legend and Do This Not That podcast host Jay Schwedelson is back to break down what it actually takes to use email to drive real podcast growth.

You’ll learn why the first two words of your subject line decide whether your email gets opened, the one stat that can 20x your open rate, and how to grow your list daily using content you’re already creating. And if you’ve ever held back from emailing your list because you “don’t want to be annoying,” Jay unpacks how that fear is quietly training your audience to ignore you—and what to do instead. You’ll walk away knowing how to write emails people actually want to read, so hitting play feels like the obvious next step.

So if you're ready to become the trusted voice your audience actually wants in their inbox (and their earbuds), hit play and let’s dive in.

3:15 – The Surprising Habit That Trains Your List to Ignore Your "New Episode" Emails

6:14 – A Simple Way to Turn Podcast Listeners Into Subscribers (and Vice Versa)

16:19 – Two Subject Line Hacks That 20x Open Rates

8:15 – 5 Ways to Grow Your Email List From Your Podcast (Without Building a New Freebie Every Time)

18:08 – What to Email Your List That Brings People Back to Your Show

Episode Links:

Get instant feedback on your subject lines before you hit send:SubjectLine.com
Check out Jay Schwedelson’s Podcast: Do This, Not That
Connect with Jay: Website | Linked In

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

What to Post on LinkedIn to Grow Your Podcast This Week

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Still think LinkedIn is just for job seekers or recruiter pitches? Think again. It’s one of the last platforms where organic reach actually works—and it might be one of the fastest ways to get new listeners to your podcast every week.

In this episode, Jay Schwedelson breaks down the exact LinkedIn strategy he's used to help grow Do This, Not That into a Top 10 marketing podcast in the U.S., with over 390 episodes and 2,000+ glowing reviews—all in under two years.

By the end of this episode, you’ll know exactly how to structure your LinkedIn posts to drive more listeners to your podcast, how to get those posts in front of the right people fast, and how to run the entire system in just 20 minutes a day. So if you’re ready to grow your podcast this week using the same LinkedIn strategy that got Jay into the Top 10, hit play and let’s dive in.

8:31 – Why Most LinkedIn Content Looks Good But Still Gets Ignored

10:04 – The Exact Post Format That Sends People to Your Show

11:06 – The Targeting Strategy to Reach the Right Listeners Without a Big List or Budget

13:28 – The One Link Mistake That’s Burying Your Show

16:10 – The Personal Follow-Up That Turns Likes into Listeners

Episode Links:

Here’s the Video Clip Format Jay Uses to Get Listeners on LinkedIn
Check out Jay Schwedelson’s Podcast: Do This, Not That
Connect with Jay: Website | Linked In

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Grow Your Podcast Audience and Email List at the Same Time

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

If you’ve ever asked yourself, “Where in my episode should I put my call to action?” — this one’s for you. Because even if your CTA is perfectly worded, it won’t drive action if it’s in the wrong spot or the listener payoff isn’t clear.

And if your audience isn’t taking the next step, you’re not just missing out on listener engagement—it’s a hidden leak in your lead flow, costing you potential clients and revenue you don’t even realize you’re losing.

In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly where to place your calls to action, how to track if they’re working, and what to do with that data once you have it. Plus, I give you a super simple CTA framework you can swipe and start using in your next episode.

So if you're tired of giving CTAs that feel awkward (and you’re ready to say yours like a human and finally know if it’s doing what you want it to do) hit play and let’s dive in.

1:00 – The Worst Place to Put Your CTA (and Why It Turns Cold Listeners Off)

2:40 – The Only “Rule” for CTA Placement That Actually Matters

3:22 – Where Your CTA Actually Belongs (Hint: It’s Not Pre-roll, Mid-roll, or Post-roll)

6:52 – Why Saying Your CTA Like a Human Gets More Clicks (and Builds Trust)

9:08 – The 3 Parts Every Strong CTA Should Include

13:03 – How to Test, Track, and Tweak Your CTAs for Better Results

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How Do I Give a Podcast CTA That Doesn't Sound Salesy?

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Want a podcasting growth strategy tailored to your show? Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Register for Courtney's Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Podcast Growth This Year

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your podcast.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You KNOW you should give a call to action in every podcast episode. But every time you sit down to record, your brain short-circuits — should you tell them to follow the show? Join your list? Download the freebie? Book a call? Support your sponsor? Buy your thing? Say too much and you sound desperate. Say too little and you miss your chance to turn listeners into leads.

In this episode, I’m breaking down the real reason CTAs feel awkward, the difference between a call to engage and a call to action (yes, they’re different), what to say instead of stacking five random asks at the end of your episode, and how to say exactly what listener needs to hear to take the next step.

If you’ve ever felt unsure of what to offer, how to offer it, or afraid of pushing people away when you do — hit play and dive in.

1:02 – The Surprising Reason You Freeze Up When It's Time to Give a Call to Action (CTA)

2:22 – What Not Giving a CTA Is Costing You

7:36 – How to Guide Your Audience From Listener → Lead → Client

8:52 – What a Strong CTA Actually Sounds Like

14:15 – Why You Don’t Need a New Freebie for Every Episode

16:02 – The 2 CTA Entry Points I Recommend (And Use)

22:06 – How to Handle CTAs When You Have a Sponsor

24:08 – What to Do Next If You Want Your CTAs to Start Driving Real Results

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

If Your Podcast Isn’t Converting Listeners to Leads, This Could Be Why

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You’re showing up. You’re publishing every week. So why does it still feel like no one’s listening?

That’s the question Conrad—documentary filmmaker and host of The First Responder Wellness Podcast—was asking when he came to me for help. He's nearly 80 episodes in and reaching first responders across the country… but getting no reviews, no shares, and not enough listener engagement to know if the podcast is actually helping anyone.

In this Fix My Pod coaching session, we dig into why this happens and the exact shifts you can make to turn passive listeners into people who reach out, leave reviews without being asked, and start sharing your episodes in group chats saying, “You have to hear this!”

So if your show feels more like a weekly conversation with the four walls in your studio rather than a tool for connection and growth with real listeners, this episode will show you how to fix it. Hit play and let's dive in.

Want more help creating a podcast that gets attention—and gets results? Apply for on-air coaching here (spots are limited).

4:56 – 80 Episodes In and Still No Listener Engagement? Here’s What’s Missing

6:45 – The #1 Thing That Stops Listeners From Leaving Reviews

13:02 – The Surprising Link Between Listener Engagement and Your Podcast Positioning

17:48 – What Listeners Need to Hear Before They’ll Ever Follow, Share, or Rate Your Show

20:10 – What Actually Gets Listeners to Reach Out and Say, “I Needed This”

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Want More Engaged Listeners? Get Them Talking Back
3 Easy (and Ethical) Ways to Get More Podcast Reviews

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Downloads are the most unreliable metric for measuring a podcast’s true success. The problem? Most podcasters still rely solely on them to decide if their show is “working.”

In this episode, find out why the podcasting metrics that matter most aren’t the ones at the top of your dashboard, and learn to decode what these five key data points say about your show's growth. If you’re ready to make sense of your numbers and finally build a show that grows (without guessing and without wasting time on tracking the wrong metrics) hit play and let’s dive in.

0:07 – Why Downloads Are the Most Misleading Metric for Your Show

1:14 – The 3 Hidden Data Points That Actually Reveal Podcast Growth

5:09 – How to Instantly Tell If Your Content Holds Attention

13:26 – What Your Listeners Are Silently Telling You (If You Know How to Listen)

16:10 – How to Know if Your Episodes Actually Matter to Your Audience

Other Episodes You'll Love:

How Do You Make Listeners Stay Longer? (and Why It Matters)
4 Key Signs Your Podcast Is Making an Impact

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Spotify just rolled out a new feature called “Plays” that shows your episode play counts publicly inside their app. But this move isn’t about helping creators. It’s about algorithmically manipulating what used to be a level playing field—and it benefits Spotify, not you.

Worse? It distracts you from the metrics that actually show if your podcast is working. And for independent, niche hosts, this one visible number will breed unhealthy comparison, magnify self-doubt, and drive thousands of talented podcasters to quit before their show ever has a chance to grow.

In this episode, we’re breaking down what you need to know about this new metric, why it tells you nothing about the true health of your show, and what to focus on instead if you want a real understanding of how your content is resonating with listeners.

Want to know what smart podcasters are tracking instead? Hit play and let’s dive in.

0:07 – Why Spotify’s New “Plays” Metric Is Misleading (and Who It Really Serves)

0:58 – How Public Play Counts Create Unfair (and False) Comparisons

4:51 – Why Vanity Metrics Trap You in the Illusion of Growth

8:10 – The 3 Data Points That Reveal Whether Your Podcast Is Actually Growing

11:15 – Why These 3 Metrics Are the Clearest Measure of Your Podcast’s True Health

Episode Links:

Article: Why Spotify’s New “Plays” Feature Actually Hurts Independent Podcasters

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

4 Key Signs Your Podcast Is Making an Impact
5 Metrics No One’s Teaching That Tell You If Your Podcast Is Growing

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Quick—nothing’s batched and an episode’s due tomorrow. What do you do? Panic? Procrastinate? Skip it and hope no one notices? Sure, you could ghost your audience—but what does that really cost you? Authority. Credibility. The listener trust you’ve worked so hard to build.

That’s why in this episode, I’m giving you 8 plug-and-play ideas you can use anytime your production schedule falls apart and you’re about to spiral into “I’m failing at podcasting.” These are the exact strategies I’ve used when a hurricane hits, school randomly shuts down, or I’m on vacation. They’ve never failed me in over 5+ years of podcasting—and they'll save you one day too.

So if you want to run your podcast like a pro (and make sure one rough week doesn’t undo the consistency, trust, and credibility that set your show apart) hit play and let’s dive in.

1:18 – Why Skipping an Episode Does More Damage Than You Think

3:02 – The Backup Plan Every Pro Needs for Sick Days, Travel Plans, and Life's Curveballs

4:44 – 8 Plug-and-Play Ways to Save Your Schedule When You’ve Got Nothing Batched

10:52 - Why These Backup Strategies Are My Secret Weapon for Consistency

14:36– How to Take a Structured Hiatus Without Breaking the Trust You’ve Built

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How Do You Fit Time to Prep Your Podcast Into Your Schedule?

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

It’s the day before your episode goes live—and you still have to outline it, record it, edit it, and get it all done before 6:00 am tomorrow morning when your listeners will be looking for it. You tell yourself you work better under pressure, but this pace is unsustainable. It drains your energy, kills your creativity, and honestly? It makes you hate your podcast.

In this episode, I’m answering a listener’s question about finding time to prep your episodes—and exposing what’s really behind the last-minute race to hit publish. You’ll get the exact system I use to stay a month ahead on content, so you can plan without pressure, record without rushing, and stop duct-taping episodes together at midnight the night before they air.

So if you’re over staying up late and showing up tired in the name of staying consistent, hit play and let’s dive in.

1:12 – Why “Finding Time to Record” Keeps You Editing at Midnight and Praying the Wi-Fi Holds

3:18 – What Your Listeners Can Hear When You Show Up With Last-Minute Energy

5:05 – How I Stay a Month Ahead on Content and Still Follow Inspiration When it Hits

7:30 – Why Letting Guests Control Your Calendar Sabotages Your Authority

9:48 – The System That Turns Shower Thoughts Into Fully Formed Episodes

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Steal This Episode Planning Framework to Cut Your Prep Time in Half
8 Ways to Fill a Content Gap Without Sounding Unprepared

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You’ve probably Googled it. You’ve definitely heard five different answers from five different podcast “experts.” But how long should your episodes be? That depends entirely on your listener—and in this episode, I’m showing you how to figure out your perfect episode length using real data from your show.

You’ll learn the two metrics that matter most (and exactly where to find them), how to run a simple 10-episode audit to calculate your ideal episode length, and why nailing this is the fastest way to increase listener retention—and conversions.

Because every time a listener drops off before your CTA, you’re losing the chance to grow your audience (and your income)—so if you want to fix it, hit play and let’s dive in.

1:05 – Why Copying Other Shows (Even Unintentionally) Lowers Listener Retention

2:58 – How to Stop the Silent Listener Drop-Off That’s Killing Your Conversions

8:16 – Run This 2-Metric Audit to Calculate Your Perfect Episode Length

14:20 – Where to Place Your CTA So More Listeners Actually Hear It

17:36 – Why Higher Listener Retention Drives More Plays (and Conversions)

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How Do You Make Listeners Stay Longer? (and Why It Matters)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Most podcasters want more revenue from their podcast—but few have a plan for getting there.

In this episode, Danielle Hayden (reformed corporate CFO and founder of Kickstart Accounting) is back to break down the numbers side of podcast growth. If you’ve ever wondered how to track conversions from your podcast, how to budget for your show, or how to confidently decide where to invest, this episode gives you the strategy most podcasters struggle to figure out alone.

So if you’re ready to learn how high-earning podcasters think about spending—and how to run your podcast like a business even when it’s not making money yet—hit play and let’s dive in.

1:05 – Why Knowing Your Profit Margin Matters More Than Podcast ROI

3:26 – The Marketing Budget Benchmarks Most Podcasters Don’t Know About

5:51 – What to Track (and How) to Measure Real ROI From Your Show

10:14 – How to Build a Spending Plan That Supports Your Podcast Growth

14:00 – Where to Invest First to Get the Biggest Return From Your Podcast

Episode Links:

Grab Danielle’s free budgeting template
Check out Danielle’s podcast: Business By the Books
Read my go-to book on buying back your time: Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

This One Belief Is Costing You Podcast Revenue

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

Buy Back Your Time: Get Unstuck, Reclaim Your Freedom, and Build Your Empire

View Details

Your podcast isn’t making money yet, so you think twice before investing in it. But without investing in the help you need to grow your show, it keeps struggling to bring in revenue. Ready to break out of the cycle?

Meet Danielle Hayden—reformed corporate CFO, founder of Kickstart Accounting and host of Business by the Books. She joins me to break down why most podcasters never reach profitability, what your podcast spending habits reveal about you, and what needs to change if you want your podcast to drive actual revenue, not just downloads. Because publishing consistent content is one thing—building a podcast that pays you back is another.

So if you're done publishing episodes for free and you think it’d be really great to finally get paid for doing work you love, hit play and let's dive in.

1:05 – Why Most Podcasters Hesitate to Invest in Their Shows—and Stay Unprofitable Because of It

2:27 – How Ego, Fear, and Old Money Stories Shape Your Podcast Decisions

7:56 – How High-Earning Podcasters Decide Where to Spend First

10:18 – Why ROI Isn’t the Only Way Your Podcast Pays You Back

11:49 – How to Run Your Podcast Like a Business When It’s Not Making Money Yet

Episode Links:

Check out Danielle Hayden’s podcast: Business By the Books
Connect with Danielle: KickstartAccountingInc.com
My go-to book on buying back your time: Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Spending Strategy Behind Podcasts That Make Money

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Most podcasters think the problem is low downloads. But do you know what actually causes low downloads? When people can’t tell—within seconds—why your show is for them.

Fellow podcaster Desiree Petrich shares the messy, emotional (and ultimately empowering) process of rebranding her show—from trying to be everything for everyone to creating a bingeworthy podcast that speaks directly to first-time managers. You’ll hear what happened when she finally narrowed her focus, brought more of her real voice to the mic, and stopped being afraid to ask for help.

What you’re about to hear isn’t a story about overnight success. It’s about choosing to keep podcasting when you love it too much to quit. So if you want to create a podcast you’re proud of—and one your listeners can’t wait to learn from—hit play and let’s dive in.

1:04 – The Moment Desiree Realized Her Podcast Wasn’t Helping Her Business (or Her Audience)

8:38 – How Rebranding Gave Her Permission to Finally Say What She Meant

11:15 – The Naming Strategy That Helped Her Stand Out in a Saturated Category

16:13 – What Listener Feedback Sounds Like When Your Message Finally Hits

20:14 – The Gut-Check Question to Ask Yourself at the End of Every Episode—and Why It Changes Everything

Episode Links:

Check out Desiree Petrich’s Podcast: You’re The Boss. Now What?

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

How to Make Your Podcast Worth Every Second You Spend on It
Q + A | Can’t Break 200 Downloads? Let’s Fix That

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You’re second-guessing your content. Overthinking your numbers. Wondering if podcasting is even worth it. And it’s not because you’re doing it wrong—it’s because you’re doing it alone.

In this episode, I’m joined by longtime podcaster and founder of the New England Podcasters Group, Andy Lyons, to expose the hidden costs of podcasting in isolation—and why plugging into a room of serious podcasters could be the thing that finally gets your show the numbers it deserves.

So if you’ve been white-knuckling your way through this podcasting thing, hoping that if you just stay consistent it’ll all click soon, this episode will show you why that hasn’t worked—and what to do instead. Hit play and let's dive in.

Episode Links:

Check out Ande Lyon’s podcast: Don’t Be Caged By Your Age

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The One Thing Podcasters Should Track Instead of Downloads
Starting a Podcast That Builds Your Business (and Your Self Belief)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

If you’re still airing interviews you wouldn’t listen to yourself—just because you feel obligated toward your guests—you’re not building trust with your listeners. You’re breaking it. And once your audience feels like their time isn’t valued? They won’t complain. They’ll just stop listening.

If you want a podcast that builds authority and drives loyalty, you need to lead interviews that earn attention. In this episode, you’ll learn how to ask questions your guest hasn’t answered a dozen times, pull out insights your audience can actually use, and create one-of-a-kind conversations that make your show worth returning to, following, and sharing.

So if you’re done settling for polite interviews that don’t convert (and ready to lead ones that earn trust and ultimately grow your show) hit play and let’s dive in.

📘 My Go-To Books on Leading Better Interviews:

Talk to Me by Dean Nelson
Stop Asking Questions by Andrew Warner
Want to save time on your podcast production workflows? Reach out to Joe Casabona and mention you heard about him here!

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The 3 Biggest Reasons Your Listeners Tune Out During Your Guest Episodes
Steal This Episode Planning Framework to Cut Your Prep Time in Half

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

If your guest could’ve given the same answers on five other podcasts, you didn’t lead the interview—you hosted a rerun. And when every guest episode sounds the same? Listeners don’t blame the guest. They stop trusting you.

In this episode, you’ll learn the three host mistakes that quietly erode your authority, why “just letting the convo flow” leads to copy-paste content your audience has already heard, and how to stay in control of the conversation without sounding stiff or losing rapport.

Because great interviews don’t just happen, and they’re what separates podcasts that get skipped from the ones that get shared. So if you want to lead interviews that hook your listeners and keep them coming back (without sounding scripted or stiff), hit play and let’s dive in.

📘My Go-To Books on Leading Better Interviews:

Talk to Me by Dean Nelson
Stop Asking Questions by Andrew Warner

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

🎙 How to Lead Guest Interviews That Make Listeners Want to Binge Your Show
🎙Exactly What to Say to Get Your Podcast Guests to Share Their Episode

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Most podcasters know they need a website. But the wrong kind of site can bury your show in search and cost you the listeners, leads, and visibility you're working so hard to earn.

In this episode, I’m breaking down everything you need to know about podcasting websites—from what to include (and what to avoid), to where it should live, to the one mistake that could be sending all your search traffic (and Google authority) to someone else’s site instead of yours.

So if you’ve ever Googled “Does my podcast need its own website?” or “Should I buy a domain for my podcast?”—and you’re podcasting to grow your brand and want your show to get found online—hit play and let’s dive in.

0:07 – Do You Really Need a Website for Podcasting?

2:15 – Can You Use the Free Website From Your Podcast Host?

3:50 – What’s the Best Way to Set Up a Website for Podcasting?

5:43 – Do You Need a Domain Name for Your Podcast?

8:12 – What Should You Include on Your Podcast Website?

12:45 – Should Your Podcast Live on a Separate Site or Your Main Brand Site?

14:08 – When Third-Party Podcasting Sites Like PodPage Make Sense (and When to Avoid Them)

Episode Links:

See our podcast blog in action: PodLaunchHQ.com
If you meet the criteria I shared in the episode for using PodPage, click here to choose a plan (and tell Brandon and Dave that Courtney @ PodLaunch sent you!)

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

4 Podcast Growth Strategies You Haven’t Tried Yet (But Should)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Krissy Bold launched a parenting podcast with a confusing name, hour-long episodes no one finished, and a message no one was clicking on.

Then she made a few key changes and hit #3 in Parenting—outranking Big Bird, Blippi, and Frozen in under a week—and she’s been ranking on the top podcasting charts ever since.

What changed?

In this episode, we’re unpacking the key differences between a podcast people scroll past and one they binge, share, and rave about. Even better? You'll learn how to apply this to your show so you can stop refreshing your stats like it’s going to change something and start building a podcast listeners want to support and shout from the rooftops.

So if you’ve been wondering what your podcast is missing, this episode has your answer. Hit play and let’s dive in.

0:07 – What to Look for When Your Podcast Isn’t Working (and You’re Doing Everything Right)

4:52 – Why Listeners Aren’t Finishing Your Episodes (Even If the Content Is Good)

6:40 – The Messaging Fix That Finally Got Krissy’s Audience to Lean In

10:28 – The Relaunch Plan That Took Her to the Top Parenting Charts

19:30 – Why Most Podcasters Overlook the Easiest Way to Reach Their Audience

Episode Links:

Check out Krissy Bold Bold’s Podcast: Mom’s Guide to Finding Herself
Learn More from Krissy: MomIdentityProject.com

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How to Make Your Podcast the One Listeners Can’t Ignore

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Still waiting to feel “ready” before you start pitching the guests or sponsors you really want?

In this episode, HuffPost contributor and media expert Alice Draper is back to show you the exact process she uses to turn rejection into a measurable growth strategy for your podcast. You’ll learn how to build your “rejection muscle,” set rejection goals that lead to more yeses, and use data from ignored or declined pitches to refine your messaging and land bigger and better opportunities.

So if you’ve been overthinking your pitch or convincing yourself you need a bigger audience before you can pitch bigger guests or sponsors—and you’re ready to be the kind of host people say yes to without hesitation—hit play and let’s dive in.

1:08 – The Surprising Growth That Can Happen When You Treat Rejection as a Strategy, Not a Setback

6:24 – How to Use Pitch Rejections to Improve Your Messaging

9:17 – A Simple Way to Make Your Pitches More Specific (and Stand Out)

12:24 – What it Really Means When No One Replies to Your Pitch (and How to Handle It)

14:15 – If Pitching Feels Intimidating Right Now, Here’s How to Take the Pressure Off

Episode Links:

Steal Alice’s pitch templates—the same ones that have helped her clients land interviews on 500+ top shows like WorkLife with Adam Grant.
Check Out Alice Draper’s Podcast: My Rejection Story
Learn More from Alice:hustlingwriters.com

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Real Reason You’re Still Sitting on That Guest or Sponsor Pitch

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You know that pitch you almost sent? Or that big guest or sponsor you’re telling yourself you’ll reach out to “once you’re ready”? That idea you keep researching but haven’t acted on yet? This episode is about that moment—when you're stuck between wanting more for your podcast and actually going after it.

HuffPost contributor and media expert Alice Draper has helped clients land guest spots on 500+ podcasts, including WorkLife with Adam Grant and UnFck Your Brain*. She joins me to unpack the psychology behind rejection, why your brain sees “no” as a survival threat, and how this fear keeps you from the visibility, credibility, and growth you deserve.

So if you’re tired of watching other people land the guests, sponsors, and traction you want—and you're ready to start pitching bigger names and getting your show into the rooms it deserves to be in (even if it scares you a little)—hit play and let’s dive in.

1:36 – The Real Fear Behind “My Show Isn’t Big Enough Yet”

6:15 – How Visibility Triggers Imposter Syndrome (and What to Do About It)

9:09 – “They’ll Probably Say No Anyway”—And Other Lies We Tell Ourselves

15:46 – Why You Don’t Need More Downloads to Pitch Big Guests or Sponsors

17:58 – The One Thing You’re Not Doing That Could Actually Grow Your Show

Episode Links:

Steal Alice’s pitch templates—the same ones that have helped her clients land interviews on 500+ top shows like WorkLife with Adam Grant.
Check Out Alice Draper’s Podcast: My Rejection Story
Learn More from Alice: hustlingwriters.com

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How to Train for Rejection and Use It to Grow Your Podcast Faster

→This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You’ve heard “niche down” is the key to podcast growth. But what if your niche is actually too narrow to scale? In this live coaching session, I walk Dennis through why his podcast wasn’t attracting the audience he really wanted—and the simple repositioning moves we made to fix it.

We're breaking down how his show's branding was confusing listeners instead of converting them, and how these core podcast content gatekeepers will either earn the click or cost you the download. So if you’re tired of seeing single-digit downloads on episodes you spent hours producing (or you’ve been publishing weekly but your numbers haven’t budged in months) this episode will show you exactly what to change. Hit play and let’s dive in.

Want my expert eyes (and ears) on your show? Apply for on-air coaching here(spots are limited).

0:04 – When “Niche Down” Backfires and Stops Your Podcast From Growing

1:12 – What You Think Your Podcast Is About vs. What Listeners Actually See

3:18 – Why Your Podcast Name Might Be Turning the Right Listeners Away

5:26 – Why Listeners Aren’t Clicking (Even If You Know Your Content Is Valuable)

9:03 – The Fix: How to Reposition Without Losing the Heart of Your Message

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You’ve got the mic. You’ve got the mission. So why isn’t anyone listening?

That’s the question Dennis—high school athletics coach turned podcaster—was asking when he came to me for help. He knew who he wanted to serve, but a few months in, he was still struggling to get people to notice his show.

In this first-ever Fix My Pod on-air coaching session, we’re breaking down the gap between knowing your audience and actually getting them to click play—because nothing kills momentum faster than showing up every week and still getting ignored.

So if you’ve launched (or you’re about to) and want to get more of the right listeners hitting play on the episodes you’re working hard to create, hit play and let’s dive in.

Want my expert eyes (and ears) on your show? Apply for on-air coaching here(spots are limited).

0:05 – Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Clicked (Even If Your Content Is Great)

2:15 – Why Your Podcast Might Be Clear to You, but Confusing to Listeners

6:40 – How to Find Your Angle in a Crowded Podcast Niche

10:28 – How People Actually Decide If Your Podcast Is Worth Their Time

14:08 – 5 Things That Make or Break Your Podcast’s First Impression

14:46 – What Your Cover Art, Title, and Description Are Actually Saying to Your Listeners→

This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You’ve been told video podcasting the only way to grow your show—but the ones shouting the loudest about it? They’re the ones profiting from your overwhelm.

In this episode, Buzzsprout’s Head of Marketing Alban Brooke is back to expose what no one is talking about: the hidden costs, the inflated promises, and the hard data that shows how video might actually be hurting your show more than helping it. He also shares what really happened behind the scenes when Buzzsprout went all-in on video—and the exact moment he realized they got it wrong.

So if you’ve been wondering why podcasting feels harder than it should (and you're ready to build a podcast you won’t secretly resent) hit play and let’s dive in.

0:01 - The Real Video Podcasting Backstory (and Who’s Profiting From It)

4:04 - Why 84% of the Top 50 Podcasts Don’t Upload Video to Spotify

6:35 - The Silent Burnout Epidemic Among Podcasters Trying to “Do It All”

9:36 - The Video Wake-Up Call Buzzsprout Didn’t See Coming

11:41 - The Emotional Toll of Trying to Podcast Like a YouTuber

18:45 - The Real Question Every Podcaster Should Ask Before Adding Video

Episode Links:

Get a $20 Buzzsprout credit when you sign up through this link—courtesy of Alban and the Buzzsprout team.

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Podcast Growth Myths Debunked by Buzzsprout’s Head of Marketing
Why Audio-Only Podcasting Still Dominates

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You could record another episode. You could double down on promotion. You could even guest on a hundred other podcasts. But if your show isn’t built to attract the right listeners? None of it will work.

In this episode, Alban Brooke, Head of Marketing at Buzzsprout, rips apart the most common (and costly) podcast growth myths—like why simply “putting out great content” isn’t enough and why most marketing tactics are a waste of time.

So if you’re ready to quit the endless cycle of more content, more promotion, more whatever—and finally get your podcast in front of the right listeners, hit play and let's dive in.

0:01 - Why ‘More Listeners = More Growth’ Is a Lie

3:31 - Why Some Podcasts Explode Overnight (and Yours Hasn’t Yet)

6:15 - The Podcast Marketing Advice That’s Wasting Your Time

13:43 - What Actually Makes Listeners Binge Your Podcast

18:14 - The Difference Between Podcasters Who Grow vs. Those Who Plateau

Episode Links:

Get a $20 Buzzsprout credit when you sign up through this link—courtesy of Alban and the Buzzsprout team.

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

The One Thing Podcasters Should Track Instead of Downloads
The Dark Side of Video Podcasting (And Why Many Podcasters Regret It)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Spending hours on your podcast but still waiting for it to pay off? PodLaunch® graduate Jen Edmonds was too—booking guests last minute, scrambling to release episodes, and promoting nonstop with nothing to show for it.

The fix? A streamlined podcast strategy that turned her show into an audience growth engine.

In this episode, we’re breaking down the exact shifts Jen made, what happens when you treat your podcast like an asset instead of an afterthought, and the podcast systems you need to actually drive results. So if you're tired of your podcast feeling like a full-time job with no paycheck, hit play and let's dive in.

0:02 – Why Podcasting Feels Like a Full-Time Job With No Payoff

1:35 – The Hidden Time Suck That’s Slowing Your Podcast Down

7:45 – The Shift That Turns Your Podcast Into a True Business Asset

11:50 – The Real Cost of Running Your Podcast Without a Strategy

15:31 – The Truth Behind Predictable Podcast Growth

Episode Links:

Check out Jen Edmond’s podcast: Your Journey to Fertility

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Creating a Podcast That Attracts New Clients Every Month

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

If you’ve been told that sharing your podcast on social media will grow your audience—spoiler alert—it won’t. And if you’ve been stuck at the same download count despite posting, guesting, and promoting your show, this episode will show you why.

We’re busting the biggest misconceptions about podcast growth, including why consistency alone won’t build your audience (and what will), why guesting on bigger podcasts doesn’t guarantee more listeners, and the one thing you must have in place before any marketing strategy will actually work.

So if you’re tired of posting, promoting, and hoping for the best (and you're ready to see a real ROI from your podcast), hit play and let's dive in.

0:02 - Why Posting on Social Media Won’t Grow Your Podcast (And What to Do Instead)

1:42 - Why Guesting on Big Podcasts Won’t Magically Bring You Listeners

4:25 - The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Growing (That Has Nothing to Do With Promotion)

7:16 - The 3 Podcast Growth Triggers That Actually Bring in New Listeners

12:28 - How to Get Your Podcast Discovered Without Spending Extra Time or Money

Other Episodes You'll Enjoy:

Why ‘If You Build It, They Will Come’ Isn’t Working for Your Podcast
The Exact SEO Keywords You Need to Get Your Podcast Found
How to Hit the Top 5 in Apple and Spotify Search Results
The Down and Dirty Truth About Episode Length

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

If you don’t have a guest release form in place, this episode is your wake-up call. If you do have one, are you sure it actually protects you?

Podcasting attorney Gordon Firemark is back to break down why every podcaster (yes, even small shows) needs a rock-solid guest release before hitting record.

He shares exactly what it should include, when your guests should sign it, and the real-life story of a podcaster who skipped this step—and got sued for it. So if you want peace of mind knowing your podcast is legally protected, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:23 - Why Even Small Shows Need a Guest Release Form

3:00 - How Skipping This Step Opens You Up to a Lawsuit

5:28 - What to Include in Your Guest Release for Full Protection

6:34 - The Must-Have AI Clause That Protects Both You and Your Guest

9:13 - The Easiest Way to Get Guests to Sign (with Zero Pushback)

Episode Links:

Check Out Gordon Firemark’s Podcast: Legit Podcast Pro
Gordon’s Book: The Podcast, Blog & New Media Producer's Legal Survival Guide
Free Lawyer-drafted Podcast Guest Release Agreement
Additional Lawyer-drafted Legal Templates & Forms
Easy Legal For Podcasters DIY Legal Training

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Legal Blind Spots That Could Shut Down Your Podcast

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

You put in the work. You craft your episodes. You build your brand. But what if someone swoops in and steals it—your content, your show name, even your audience—because you didn’t have the right legal protections in place?

That’s exactly what we’re tackling today with podcast and entertainment lawyer Gordon Firemark. From copyrights and trademarks to AI-generated content and guest releases, we’re breaking down the most overlooked legal protections every podcaster needs to have in place before it’s too late.

Even if you’re just getting started or think your audience is too small for this to matter, waiting until it’s a problem is a mistake you don’t want to make. Hit play and let’s dive in.

0:02 - 5 Ways to Protect Your Podcast Before It’s Too Late

1:56 - Copyright 101: Are Your Episodes Actually Protected?

5:21 - Trademarks: Why Your Show Name Isn’t Automatically Safe

9:34 - Music & Fair Use: The Legal Minefield Most Podcasters Ignore

15:36 - AI, Voice Cloning & The Legal Loopholes You Need to Know

Episode Links:

Check Out Gordon Firemark’s Podcast: Legit Podcast Pro
Gordon’s Book: The Podcast, Blog & New Media Producer's Legal Survival Guide
Free Lawyer-drafted Podcast Guest Release Agreement
Additional Lawyer-drafted Legal Templates & Forms
Easy Legal For Podcasters DIY Legal Training

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

What to Include in Your Guest Release Form for Total Protection

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Ever stare at your podcast stats, searching for proof your show is actually working—only to wonder if anyone even cares?

Pressing play isn’t the same as listening. If people drop off early, skip episodes, or never engage, your podcast isn’t holding their attention. And if your show keeps getting swiped past, it’s time to figure out why.

In this episode, I’m breaking down the four unmistakable signs that prove your podcast is resonating with listeners (or not). You’ll learn why downloads don’t tell the full story, the retention metric that actually predicts growth, and the one kind of feedback that proves listeners are hooked and taking action. So if you’re ready to stop guessing and start seeing real proof that your podcast is working, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:45 - Why Download Numbers Deceive You About Your Podcast’s Success

2:18 - 4 Signs That Prove Your Podcast Is Resonating With Listeners

5:27 - The Retention Benchmark That Shows Whether Listeners Are Hooked or Bored

8:03 - The Surprising Reason Listeners Skip Your Show (And How to Stop It)

13:24 - The Listener Feedback That Proves Your Podcast Is Changing Lives

Other Episodes You’ll Love:

Why Your Podcast Isn’t Growing (Even If Your Content Is Great)
Steal This Strategy to Keep Your Audience Coming Back
4 Reasons Why Podcast Guesting Isn't Working for You
The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Ever spent hours crafting a podcast episode packed with expert knowledge, only to watch it get fewer downloads than the one you threw together last minute? Or worse—seen another podcast with generic advice rack up five-star reviews while your in-depth, value-packed episodes keep getting ignored?

In this episode, I’m breaking down why what you think is valuable and what your listeners perceive as valuable are two completely different things. If you don’t bridge that gap, your podcast won’t just struggle to grow—it’ll keep getting overlooked while less helpful shows take the spotlight.

So if you want listeners to stop tuning out halfway, and start seeing your show as a must-listen, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:36 - Why Giving Away Your Best Content for Free Won’t Grow Your Podcast

1:22 - The Messaging Mistake That Makes Listeners Tune You Out

3:31 - Why Your Audience Doesn’t Care How Much You Know (Yet)

9:28 - The Surprising Reason Your Listeners Aren’t Taking Action (And How to Fix It)

17:00 - Why Some Podcasts Feel Addictive (And How to Make Yours One of Them)

Other Episodes You'll Love:

3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play

This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

So, you want your audience to see you as a pro? Good news: it’s not about having the latest gear. It’s about knowing when to upgrade and how to maximize what you’ve got. Home studio expert Junaid Ahmed is back to share his simple, no-BS advice on building a home studio setup that grows with you. We’re breaking down when to invest in new gear, when to hold off, and the small tweaks that make a big difference in your sound—without blowing your budget.

If you think better gear is the key to earning authority in podcasting, this episode will change your mind. Hit play and let’s dive in.

0:02 - What Actually Makes You Sound Like a Pro (Hint: It’s Not Expensive Gear)

1:47 - The 4 Stages of Home Studio Evolution (And Where You Fit In)

2:46 - The Right Time to Upgrade Your Mic, Camera, or Lighting

4:30 - Budget-Friendly Fixes for Clearer, More Professional Sound

10:04 - How to Upgrade Your Podcast Gear Without Overspending

Episode Links:

Check out Junaid Ahmed’s Podcast: Hacks to Hobbies
Book Your Free Home Studio Audit with Junaid: HomeStudioMastery.com
Buy, sell or trade used video gear:
- mpb.com
- keh.com

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Secret to a Home Studio Setup That Commands Authority

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Better gear won’t make you a better podcaster. But you can create a home studio that looks and sounds pro—using what you already have.

Fellow podcaster and tech guru Junaid Ahmed joins me to distill 20+ years of audio and video design into 20 minutes of no-nonsense advice to help you create a home studio that commands authority on any budget, and to prove that how you use your gear matters more than the gear itself. So if you’re worried your setup makes you look unprofessional (or that your audience won’t take you seriously), this one’s for you. Hit play and let’s dive in.

0:01 - Why Better Gear Won’t Make You a Better Podcaster

3:28 - How to Create a Home Studio That Commands Authority—Without Spending a Dime

5:18 - Why Dedication to Your Craft Builds Deeper Trust With Your Listeners

8:26 - Why Gear Placement > Gear Price (Always)

14:54 - How to Get Studio-Quality Audio on Any Budget

Episode Links:

Check out Junaid Ahmed’s Podcast: Hacks to Hobbies
Book Your Free Home Studio Audit with Junaid: HomeStudioMastery.com

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

4 Ways to Upgrade Your Home Studio Without Overspending

This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

What if one bad review was all it took to silence your podcast for a year? That’s exactly what happened to bestselling author, investor, and financial literacy expert, Janine Mix. But instead of quitting, she came back stronger—revamping her show in a way that made it impossible for the right listeners to ignore.

In this episode, Janine shares how to tell if your podcast is too broad, the biggest messaging mistake that stops listeners from hitting play, and how to create a podcast that commands attention and keeps your audience coming back. So if you're ready to create a must-listen show (and realize that rejection isn’t the end—it’s actually a sign you’re on the right track), hit play and let’s dive in.

0:19 – The Fear That Keeps Listeners From Connecting With Your Podcast

3:05 – How to Tell if You’re Playing It Too Safe With Your Podcast

8:04 – The Messaging Mistake That Keeps Listeners From Hitting Play

15:24 – What to Do When Self-Doubt Stops You From Hitting Publish

21:16 – How to Keep Showing Up When Growth Feels Slow

Episode Links:

Check out Janine Mix’s podcast: Permission to Prosper

Other Episodes You'll Love:

Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

AI voice cloning sounds like the ultimate shortcut—efficiency, scale, and less time spent recording. But what happens when your listeners can tell the difference and it destroys their trust in you, costing you the credibility, growth, and authority you’ve worked so hard to build?

I’m pulling back the curtain on the hidden dangers of AI voice cloning and why using it could be the biggest mistake you ever make with your podcast. You’ll find out how AI is silently devaluing your expertise, why listeners always know when something feels off (and how that kills engagement), and the five things you should never outsource to AI—unless you want to blend in with everyone else.

If you’re serious about building a binge-worthy Top 100 podcast that actually grows your business (and being seen as the go-to authority in your niche) hit play and let’s dive in.

0:05 - AI Voice Cloning: The “Shortcut” That Could Kill Your Credibility

0:22 - Can You Spot the Fake? Most People Can’t (But Your Listeners Will)

3:01 - The Hidden Cost of Outsourcing Your Voice

6:30 - What Actually Builds Listener Loyalty (Hint: It’s NOT Your Content)

12:55 - Five Things You Should NEVER Let AI Touch—Unless You Want to Blend In

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Video podcasting is everywhere. But does that mean your podcast needs it? Because let’s be real: we both know that repurposing full-length episodes or posting random clips won’t cut it if you actually want to grow your audience.

In this episode, I’m back with Bryan Fittin of GoRogue Studios to break down the stupidly effective way to leverage video podcasting—aka the type of content that makes listeners fall in love with your show, the one thing you should be sharing to turn casual viewers into superfans, and why you don’t need fancy production to grab attention.

So if you don’t want to hire a full production team, spend hours editing, or post content that looks great but doesn’t actually drive listeners back to your show, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:02 – Video Podcasting Won’t Grow Your Show—But This Will

1:39 – The Type of Content That Makes Listeners Fall in Love With You

5:00 – Why the Smallest Moments Build the Biggest Audience

10:41 – Why Low-Tech, Low-Production Video Delivers More Value Than You Think

18:01 – The Best First Step If You’re Stuck on What to Post

Episode Links:

Connect with Bryan: GoRogueStudio.com

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How Video Can Make (or Break) Your Podcast

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Video podcasting is not the magic growth hack you’ve been sold. In fact, too many podcasters are finding out the hard way that adding video is costing them nothing but time, energy, and listeners.

That’s why I invited Bryan Fittin, founder of GoRogue Studios, to break down exactly what adding video can and can’t do for your show—and the risks no one’s talking about when you don’t approach it strategically.

We cover AI video editors (spoiler: they’re not a shortcut), which platform is actually best for getting started with video (hint: it’s not YouTube), and why adapting your podcast content for video takes more than flipping your iPhone around and hitting record.

So if you’re wondering whether video is the next big move for your podcast or another recipe for burnout, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:03 Why Video Podcasting Might Cost You More Than It Gains You

1:49 The Truth About AI Video Editors (And Why They Won’t Save You Time)

3:08 The Best Platform for Video Podcasts (Hint: Not YouTube)

5:28 Why You Can’t Just Flip Your Camera and Hit Record

12:22 Should You Add Video or Stick to Audio? Here’s How to Decide

Episode Links:

Connect with Bryan:GoRogueStudio.com

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Type of Content that Turns Podcast Listeners Into Superfans
Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework
The Pros & Cons of YouTube for Podcast Growth
Why Audio-Only Podcasting Still Dominates

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Think your podcast should be making you money by now? Here’s why it’s not—and what to do about it.

In part two of this episode series, I’ll help you set accurate expectations for podcast monetization whether you don’t have an offer yet (or don’t plan to), have an offer that’s not converting, or have an offer that is converting and want to scale it.

We’ll unpack how your podcast serves you at each stage, the expectations you need to set, and the strategies that separate profitable podcasters from the ones stuck creating content that never pays off (literally). So if you’re ready to build a podcast that actually drives revenue (without guessing, hoping, or waiting forever to see results) hit play and let’s dive in.

0:02 – What Separates Profitable Podcasters from the Rest

1:41 – No Offer? Here’s What to Focus on First

3:50 – Have an Offer, But No Sales? Here’s Why

7:25 – Have a High-Converting Offer? Here’s How Your Podcast Can Scale It

11:16 – How to Align Your Podcast with Your Monetization Goals

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

Your Podcast Won’t Drive Sales Without This

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Most podcasters want to make money from their show. The problem? Too many assume that having a podcast and making money from it are one and the same—but they’re not.

In this two-part episode series, I’m breaking down how to bridge the gap between having the podcast and making money from it, with what you actually need to turn listeners into buyers. Plus, we’ll unpack one of the biggest mistakes podcasters make that causes them to spend hours scripting, recording, and editing, only to refresh their analytics and see no new downloads and no new dollars in their bank account.

So if you're ready to build a podcast that actually drives business growth without spending hundreds of hours creating episodes and not getting paid for it, hit play and let's dive in.

0:02 – The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Paying You Yet

1:45 – The Two Biggest Reasons People Never Make Money From Their Podcasts

3:16 – Why a Podcast Won’t Fix a Broken Offer (But Will Expose the Problem)

5:15 – The Question That Determines If Your Podcast Will Make Money

11:46 – How to Set Accurate Expectations for Podcast Monetization

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

What to Do When Your Podcast Isn’t Converting

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Think monetizing your podcast is as simple as landing a sponsor and calling it a day? Not so fast. Kevin Chemidlin, host of Grow the Show, is back to reveal why rushing to monetize can sabotage your podcast—and how holding off can actually set you up for bigger profits and a stronger connection with your audience.

We’re unpacking Kevin’s four-step framework for podcast growth and monetization, where he reveals how to get your audience not just listening, but lining up to buy what you’re offering.

So if you’re ready to stop supporting your podcast out-of-pocket and turn your show into a true profit-driver, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:02 - Why Monetizing Your Podcast Too Early Can Backfire

1:05 - Why Waiting to Monetize Actually Helps You Make More Money

6:15 - 3 Things You Need to Monetize Your Podcast Successfully

9:29 - What Really Turns Listeners into Buyers

15:54 - How to Track ROI from Your Podcast the Right Way

Episode Links:

Check out Kevin Chemidlin’s podcast: Grow the Show

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Two Silent Killers of Podcast Growth

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

As the saying goes in podcasting: "If you build it, nothing will happen." Brutal? Maybe. True? Absolutely.

In this episode, I’m sitting down with Kevin Chemidlin, founder of Grow the Show, and together we’re diving into the two silent killers of podcast growth—and trust me, these aren’t your usual suspects.

So if you're ready to learn how to hook your audience, keep them coming back, and transform your show into one your listeners can’t help but tell everyone about, hit play and let's dive in.

Episode Links:

Check out Kevin Chemidlin’s podcast:Grow the Show

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Why Most Podcasts Struggle to Make Money (and How to Fix It)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

This isn’t your average podcasting advice. In this roundtable conversation, I'm teaming up with Alex Sanfilippo of PodMatch, Vinnie Potestivo, and Joe Casabona to dig into where podcasting is actually headed.

From why so many podcasters quit to the truth behind podcast marketing and discoverability, we’re pulling back the curtain on the state of podcasting today and the core strategies that separate successful shows from the rest.

Ready to go behind the scenes and uncover what works (and what doesn’t) so your show can get the recognition it deserves? Hit play and let's dive in.

0:02 - Why Most Podcasters Quit Before Episode 20 (and How to Not Be One of Them)

5:23 - The One Shift That Separates Successful Podcasters From the Rest

8:39 - Why Great Content Is No Longer Enough to Grow Your Podcast

20:09 - Why Audience Size Has Nothing to Do With Podcast Growth

29:57 - The Non-Negotiable You Can’t Skip for Sustainable Podcast Growth

Episode Links:

PodMatch
ihaveapodcast.com/interview
Podcasting Systems & Automations
Check out Alex Sanfilippo’s Podcast:Podcasting Made Simple
Check out Vinnie Potestivo’s Podcast: I Have a Podcast
Check out Joe Casabona’s Podcast: Streamlined Solopreneur

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

How many times have you thought about quitting your podcast? Once? Twice? Every other Tuesday? If you’ve ever felt like your podcasting mistakes might be proof you’re not cut out for this, think again.

Spotify ad exec and fellow podcaster Corey Kareem joins me back inside this episode to share why those mistakes are the key to growing a podcast your audience can’t ignore—you just need to know how to use them to your advantage. Ready to turn what feels like failure into your secret weapon for podcast growth? Hit play and let's dive in.

0:02 - What Most Podcasters Get Wrong About Failure

1:04 - The Real Enemy Holding Your Podcast Back

2:04 - Think Being Polished Builds Trust? Think Again

5:14 - The Mental Shift That Separates Hobbyists From Pros

10:57 - Why Failure Is Your Secret Weapon for Podcast Growth

Episode Links:

Check out Corey Kareem’s podcast: Three Questions

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

What Spotify’s New Tools Mean for Your Podcast Growth

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Spotify is shaking up podcasting again, and in this episode I’m joined by Corey Kareem, Spotify ad exec and podcaster, to dive into the latest tools Spotify for Podcasters (now Spotify for Creators) is rolling out.

Corey breaks down game-changing features like short-form video clips to increase your podcast discoverability, audience insights that go beyond basic downloads, and how podcasters like you can make the most of these tools to reach listeners already tuned in and ready to engage.

So if you're looking for ways to grow your audience, connect with the right listeners, and stay ahead in the ever-evolving podcasting world, (who are we kidding—you wouldn't be reading this otherwise!) hit play and let's dive in.

0:02 – How Spotify is Disrupting the Podcasting Industry (and What It Means for You)

1:02 – Why the New Short-Form Video Feature on Spotify Will Improve Your Discoverability

3:14 – How to Track (and Improve) Listener Engagement with Spotify’s Latest Analytics

7:31 – What a Strong Click-Through Rate and Stream Rate Look Like for Podcasters

17:14 – New Revenue Predictions for Podcast Monetization on Spotify

Episode Links:

Spotify for Creators
Spotify Partner Program

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Why Failure Fuels Better Podcasting

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Thinking about quitting your podcast (or business)? You’re not alone. In this episode, fellow podcaster Kathryn Thompson shares how she turned things around when she was ready to call it quits—and how her podcast became the turning point for building a business she’s excited to run again.

We’re diving into how to make your podcast the driving force behind a business that energizes and inspires you. So if you’re ready to stop staring at your mic wondering if it’s worth it to continue and start watching your podcast actually grow your business, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:01 - Why So Many Podcasters Hit a Breaking Point—And What to Do When You're There

2:03 - From a Plateaued Business to Steady Sales With a Podcast

5:21 - What to Do When You're Running Out of Content (or Motivation)

9:23 - Why Long-Form Content Turns Listeners Into High-Ticket Clients

12:53 - Should You Keep Podcasting—Or Call It Quits?

Episode Links:

Check out Kathryn Thompson’s podcast, BE The Sought-After Entrepreneur

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

So you got a one-star review. Now what?! In this episode, I’m breaking down exactly how to handle that sucker punch to your podcasting pride. From the emotional sting of watching your perfect five-star rating drop to the counterintuitive (and totally ethical) strategies to bring it back up, we’re diving into the nitty-gritty of what to do when it happens.

Plus, I’m sharing the behind-the-scenes story of how I handled my own one-star saga—and the psychology-backed steps I used to turn it around. So if you’re ready to stop obsessing over that one-star review and turn it into a five-star comeback, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:02 - The Five-Minute Rule for Handling a Bad Review

1:32 - Turning a Bad Review Into Better Ratings and More Listeners

3:35 - How One Bad Rating Can Lead to More Positive Ones

7:04 - How to Protect Your Podcast from Trolls & Keep Your Ratings High

9:50 - The Right Way to Ask for Reviews (Without Sounding Desperate)

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

3 Easy and Ethical Ways to Get More Podcast Reviews

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Forget the "give everything away for free" advice you've probably heard (spoiler: it's a fast track to undercutting your profits).

In this episode, Jeremy Enns is back to share his expert take on how to create a podcast content strategy that leads your audience to the point of sale without coming across as salesy.

We’re breaking down how to align your content strategy with the business model that’s right for you, and the metrics you need to track to see if your content is actually converting.

If you want to turn your podcast (or podcast-to-be) into a revenue-generating machine, this episode is packed with insights you can actually use to grow. Hit play and let's dive in.

0:02 – Why Giving Away Your Best Content for Free Kills Your Sales

3:14 – Why Creators and Business Owners Need Different Content Strategies

6:17 – How to Align Your Podcast Content with Your Business Goals

9:42 – The Metrics You Need to Track to Know if Your Content is Converting

12:59 – How to Turn Podcast Into a Revenue Generator Without Sounding Like a Sales Pitch

Episode Links:

Want to dive deeper into the insights Jeremy shared?
- Check out his detailed video on how to use Spotify’s new analytics
- Subscribe to Jeremy’s Scrappy Daily Podcasting Newsletter

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

Starting a podcast is easier than ever. But growing one? That’s a whole different ballgame.

In this episode, I sat down with my friend Jeremy Enns to unpack why shows with “decent content” often stall at 28 downloads an episode and what it really takes to create a podcast people can’t stop talking about.

From crafting a standout premise to leveraging Spotify’s new analytics and using competitor research to uncover what sets your show apart, we’re breaking down the real work behind making your podcast impossible to overlook.

If you’re ready to turn your podcast into one listeners can’t help but recommend to their friends, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:02 - Why Simply Releasing Content Won’t Lead to Rapid Podcast Growth

1:39 - The Real Reason Most Podcasts Stall at 28 Downloads

5:12 - Your Show is Being Seen, So Why Aren’t People Clicking Play?

9:07 - How to Take Your Show Concept from Basic to Brilliant

13:36 - The Kind of Feedback Your Podcast Needs to Succeed

Episode Links:

Want to dive deeper into the insights Jeremy shared?
- Check out his detailed video on how to use Spotify’s new analytics
- Subscribe to Jeremy’s Scrappy Daily Podcasting Newsletter

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Support the show

Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Auditwith Courtney.

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demoto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

View Details

As a good friend of mine in podcasting says, 'If you build it, they won’t come.'In this episode, I tackle a listener question about why great content alone doesn’t grow your podcast anymore and why pressing publish is just the beginning.

Whether you’re just starting out or have been podcasting for a while, I’ll walk you through the two biggest drivers of podcast growth and show you how to use Spotify’s analytics to pinpoint exactly where the problem is happening—so you can stop guessing and start seeing results.

Ready for a podcast that grows your audience and your business? Hit play, and let’s dive in. 0:04 - Why “If You Build It, They Will Come” Isn’t Working for Your Podcast

3:06 - The Two Big Questions Every Podcaster Should Be Asking

6:31 - What Your Messaging Is Really Saying to Potential Listeners

9:53 - The Spotify Analytics That Reveal Why Your Podcast Isn’t Growing (and How to Fix It)

14:38 - How to Get Clear on What’s Holding Your Podcast Back
→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Think you’ve tried everything to grow your podcast? Emmy Award-winning media advisor Vinnie Potestivo joins me to share four unconventional podcasting strategies most podcasters have never even considered.From fixing hidden distribution mistakes to using tools like IMDb and LinkedIn to get discovered, Vinnie reveals how to create a podcast narrative that stands out and get your show in front of listeners who are already looking for a podcast like yours.

If you’re ready to stand out and grow smarter, hit play and let’s dive in. 2:15 - What Most Podcasters Get Wrong About Growth

8:40 - Why Your Best Stories Belong at the Top of Your Episode

15:25 - IMDb and LinkedIn: The Tools You’re Not Using (But Should Be)

22:50 - Discoverability vs. Being Discoverable

30:10 - How to Take Control of Your Podcast’s Narrative to Attract the Right Audience Episode Links:

vpe.tv/gifts
vpe.tv/awards
vpe.tv/fascinate
ihaveapodcast.com
Connect with Vinnie: LinkedIn | Website

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Tired of asking your listeners to follow your show or leave reviews, only to feel like you’re talking to a wall? In this episode, I sit down with Pat Cheung, creator of FanList, to break down how to turn one-sided podcasting into a two-way conversation.We're unpacking the real reason most listeners stay silent, why listener engagement is key (especially for small shows), and what to start saying inside your episodes to get your listeners talking back and taking action.

So if you're ready to increase listener engagement and turn your audience into a community of raving fans who actually take the time to write positive reviews, share your show on social media, and tell you how grateful they are for the work that you do, hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:05 - Why Your Audience Isn’t Engaging (and How to Fix It Fast)

2:10 - Two Ways to Increase Listener Engagement (Especially if You Have a Small Show)
6:30 - What to Start Saying Inside Episodes to Get Listeners Talking Back

9:00 - Why Most Call-to-Actions Don’t Work (and How to Fix Yours)

13:15 - The Secret to Building Listener Loyalty That Lasts Episode Links:

Create a free Fan Page for your podcast fans with Fanlist

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

300 episodes. 5 years. And more lessons than I can count.In this milestone episode, I’m reflecting on the unexpected highs, the tough lessons, and the surprising ways podcasting has shaped my life, business, and personal growth. From learning that consistency is about more than just showing up, to uncovering the one non-negotiable thing you need to make your podcast unignorable, I’m pulling back the curtain on what’s worked—and what hasn’t.

Plus, I’m challenging you to set two bold goals with me to make this your best podcasting year yet. You ready? Hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 - 300 Episodes Later: What I’ve Learned—and How It Can Help You 2:12 - Why Podcasting Is Hard Work (and Why It’s Worth It) 5:48 - The Biggest Misconception About Consistency 1035 - How to Niche Your Podcast Without Limiting Your Creativity 19:15 - How Podcasting Changes You—and Why That’s Key to Success
This version sharpens the focus on listener takeaways while staying true to your tone. Ready to roll?

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

When it comes to growing a podcast, the common advice tells you to do more: guest on dozens of shows, post daily on social, run ads. But what if doing less could actually get you faster growth?In this episode, we’re debunking outdated podcasting advice that’s slowing your progress (without you realizing it) and I’ll reveal what I’m not doing to grow my podcast — and how cutting back has led to up to 32% month-over-month growth.By the time you finish this episode, you’ll know exactly how to apply the same approach to reach more listeners with your message and turn your podcast into a lead-generating machine — all while freeing up your time to actually enjoy the process of podcasting. (Spoiler: That’s Stephen Bartlett’s secret to 1 billion downloads.)

Ready to grow your podcast without adding more to your plate (and maybe even taking a few things off)? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:04 - The Problem with Most Podcast Growth “Strategies”

2:10 - What's Really Sabotaging Your Podcast Growth

8:30 - What I’m Not Doing to Grow My Podcast

12:00 - The Real Reason Stephen Bartlett Hit 1 Billion Downloads

14:00 - 3 Steps to Find What’s Moving the Needle for Your Show Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How to Grow Your Podcast Without Adding More to Your Plate

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

If you’ve been putting off starting a podcast because you're not sure it’ll actually move the needle for your business, this one’s for you. Fellow podcast host and clinical psychologist Dr. Christine Li joins me to help you overcome the self-doubt, perfectionism, and procrastination that’s keeping you from getting started (hey, we’ve all been there).From building authority right from the start to turning your show into a powerful audience-building tool, you’ll walk away knowing exactly how to crush those “Is podcasting really worth it?” fears — because every day you wait is another opportunity for someone else to launch the podcast your audience is searching for.

So if you're ready to stop overthinking and finally hit publish on your podcast (or if you just need a kick in the pants to get out of your own way), hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

3:30 - The Real Cause of Perfectionism and Procrastination in Podcasting

6:15 - Building Your Authority from Day One with Your Podcast

9:05 - Turning Your Podcast into a Powerful Client Acquisition Tool

12:00 - Why Waiting to Start a Podcast Limits Your Business Growth

14:40 - How to Stop Overthinking and Finally Press Publish on Your Podcast Episode Links:

Check out Dr. Christine’s podcast: Make Time For Success
Connect with Dr. Christine

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Achieving Goals with Ease: Embrace The “Be Do Have” Model

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

In this episode, James Cridland, editor-in-chief of Podnews, is back with his bold predictions about where podcasting is headed — and how you can stay ahead of the curve.We’re unpacking why downloads might not hold the top spot as the industry’s gold standard for much longer, YouTube’s growing role in podcast discovery (and its limitations), and how AI is adding convenience but not the creativity needed to stand out. James also explains the growing challenge of defining what a podcast really is as platforms like Spotify and YouTube continue to blur the lines.Whether you're starting a new show or scaling an existing one, you'll walk away from this episode with the know-how you need to stay ahead of industry trends and stay focused on what truly matters: creating content that connects and converts. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 18:00 - Why IAB Downloads Might Soon Lose Their Gold Standard Status

19:11 - The Role (and Limits) of YouTube in Podcast Discovery

21:41 - What Actually Makes a Podcast a Podcast

24:06 - Are AI Tools Saving Time or Killing Creativity?

33:39 - Adapt or Get Left Behind: How to Capitalize on the Latest Trends in Podcasting Episode Links:

Podnews Daily (Podcast)
Podnews.net (Daily Newsletter)
PodcastBroker.com
Buzzsprout.com/stats
PodcastBusinessJournal.com/data
Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling by Eric Nuzum

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

What’s Changing in Podcasting and How to Stay Ahead

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling

View Details

In this episode, I’m joined by James Cridland from Podnews to explore the biggest changes shaking up the podcasting industry right now.
So whether you’re just starting out or you’ve been podcasting for years, James shares insights on what these shifts mean for your show and how to navigate them to stay ahead.

From the rise of niche podcasts to why video might not be as essential as you think, you’ll learn what it takes to create a podcast that lasts in today’s evolving landscape.Ready to learn what’s working now to grow your podcast? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:00 – What’s Driving the Biggest Shifts in Podcasting Today

2:30 – The Rise of Niche Podcasts and Why They’re Thriving

5:45 – Why Video Isn’t as Essential as Everyone Thinks

9:15 – Forget Downloads: Here Are the Numbers That Actually Indicate Growth

13:50 – Two Keys to Positioning Your Podcast for Long-Term Success

Episode Links:

Podnews Daily (Podcast)
Podnews.net (Daily Newsletter)
PodcastBroker.com
Buzzsprout.com/stats
PodcastBusinessJournal.com/data
Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling by Eric Nuzum

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

4 Must-Know Podcasting Predictions to Capitalize On This Year

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

If your podcast isn't showing up in search results on platforms like Apple and Spotify, your competitors are capturing the listeners you’re missing out on.In this episode, you'll learn how to uncover the exact keywords your competitors are using, pinpoint the best ones for your show, and craft a podcast SEO strategy that helps your show stand out and get discovered by new listeners every day. Plus, I’ll share the latest tools you can use to track and refine your keyword strategy for even better results.

Ready to learn how you can dominate the search results for your specific podcast topic? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Why Podcast SEO Matters Now More Than Ever

3:54 - Using AI to Find the Exact Keywords Your Competition is Ranking For

7:49 - How to Pinpoint the Keywords That’ll Attract Your Perfect-Fit Listener

12:08 - Where to Put Your Keywords for Maximum Impact

17:46 - Tools to Track and Refine Your SEO Strategy

Episode Links:

The PSO Dashboard: Ausha.co
General best practices for finding new keywords

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How to Hit the Top 5 in Apple and Spotify Search Results

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

What if you knew how to make your podcast pop up in the top five search results on Apple or Spotify?In this episode, I’m showing you how to do it with an underdog discoverability strategy that’s quietly changing the game for podcasters. You’ll learn how to find the right keywords and use them to dominate podcast search results, so you can get your show in front of the listeners already searching for a podcast like yours.

Ready for a bingeworthy top podcast that gets found by new listeners every day? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. Episode Links:

The PSO Dashboard: Ausha.co

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How to Turn Your Podcast Description Into a Listener Magnet
The Exact SEO Keywords You Need to Get Your Podcast Found

0:05 - Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Found (Hint: It’s Not Your Content)

2:09 - The Proven Discoverability Strategy That’s Quietly Changing the Game (But Won’t Stay a Secret for Long)

5:08 - What You Need to Know About Using Keywords for Your Podcast

11:02 - How to Show Up Where Your Listeners Are Already Searching

18:46 - How Ranking in Search Results Builds Instant Credibility

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Worried your podcast idea is too niche, or that maybe your ideal audience doesn’t really listen to podcasts? Those might just be the signs you need to take the leap.

In this episode, I’m joined by fellow podcast host Laura Brazan who launched a show in a niche that doesn’t typically listen to podcasts — and crushed it.

Breaking into the Top 100 across the US, UK, and Australia, Laura shares how she turned a personal need into a movement while tackling every tech challenge along the way.

If you’ve ever doubted your ability to start a podcast from scratch but believe you have a message worth building a movement around, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:04 - Can Your Podcast Thrive in an Unlikely Niche?

6:35 - How to Break into the Top 100 (Even Without a Big Audience)

8:35 - How to Turn Your Podcast into a Community (Even if You’re Not Selling Anything)

13:20 - Why the Tech Side of Podcasting is Easier Than You Think

16:25 - The One Thing Keeping You From Getting Bigger Results with Your Podcast

Episode Links:

Check out Laura’s Podcast: Grandparents Raising Grandchildren

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Your podcast description isn’t just a box to check — it’s the moment that makes or breaks whether someone scrolls past or hits play.

In this episode, I’m taking you behind the scenes of a real client audit to show you why her podcast description was causing listeners to overlook her show, the exact tweaks we made to fix it, and how to put listener psychology to work to create a description that grabs attention, communicates your show’s value, and gets your show found in search results.

Ready to get more listeners tuning into your show over the competition? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:05 - Why Most Podcast Descriptions Don’t Work (and How to Fix Yours)

1:03 - What’s Really Stopping Listeners from Hitting Play on Your Show

6:18 - What Bestselling Books Can Teach You About Your Podcast

12:56 - How We Turned a Bland Podcast Description Into a Bingeworthy Hook

18:34 - How to Tell if Your Podcast Description Is Doing Its Job

Episode Links:

BONUS: PodLaunch® Before/After Show Descriptions with Examples

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play
How to Stop Losing Listeners to Your Competition

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

If you’ve been obsessing over your podcast download numbers (or lack thereof?) this episode is for you. I’m back with Tom Rossi, co-founder of Buzzsprout, and we’re diving deep into how we should really be measuring podcast success. Spoiler: it’s not just about downloads.

Tom shares why the industry’s hyper-focus on numbers can steal the joy of podcasting and the mental shift that will completely change how you measure your podcast’s success. He also drops some key stats (ever wonder how many downloads it actually takes to be in the top 10% of podcasts?) and reveals the one key question to ask yourself to see the true impact your podcast is making, no matter how many downloads you’re currently getting.

If you’ve ever felt like quitting because your numbers aren’t where you want them to be, hit play and let’s dive in.

0:48 - Why Video Isn’t the Lead Actor in Podcasting

1:36 - Why Downloads Don't Tell the Whole Story

3:31 - The Most Powerful Way to Stay Motivated in Podcasting

6:25 - The Real Stats Behind Today's Top-Performing Podcasts

10:13 - The One Question to Ask Before You Quit Podcasting

Episode Links:

Buzzsprout.com/stats
New to podcasting? As a bonus for our listeners, you can get a $20 Buzzsprout credit when you sign up through this link, thanks to Tom and the team over at Buzzsprout.

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

With all the buzz around video podcasting, is audio being left behind? In this episode, I sit down with Tom Rossi, co-founder of Buzzsprout, who pulls back the curtain on why audio-only podcasting still has unique strengths that video can’t match. From deeper listener connections to just saying no to the high pressure of video production, Tom shares why focusing on what works best for you is ultimately your smartest move.

So if you’ve been wondering whether you're missing out by not going all-in on video or if you want to keep podcasting without adding more to your plate, this episode is for you. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:02 – Why Video Could Be a Threat to Podcasting

4:28– How to Decide if Adding Video Fits Your Podcasting Goals

7:16 – What Audio Podcasts Have that Video Can't Compete With

10:00 – How to Leverage Video Without Losing Focus on Your Audio Podcast

13:28 – When Audio-Only Might Be the Smarter Choice for Your Podcast

Episode Links:

New to podcasting? As a bonus for our listeners, get a $20 Buzzsprout credit when you sign up through this link, thanks to Tom and the team over at Buzzsprout.

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Thinking about adding YouTube to your podcasting strategy? Hold up — before you dive in, let’s make sure you’re doing it right so you don’t waste your time.

In this episode, I’m back with YouTube strategist Erika Vieira to unpack why simply uploading your podcast videos won’t cut it, how to grab your audience’s attention from the start, and what kind of podcast content YouTube viewers actually want to see. If you’re tired of minimal engagement or ready to get serious about video and turn YouTube into a growth tool for your podcast, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:02 – The Biggest Mistake Podcasters Make with YouTube

1:33 – Why Your Backlog of Podcast Videos Might Not Be as Useful as You Think

6:46 – Should You Upload Your Podcast Videos or Create Original YouTube Content?

11:07 – The Key Differences Between Podcast and YouTube Content

15:37 – How YouTube Insights Can Elevate Your Podcast Strategy

Episode Links:

Erika’s Masterclass: Zero to Influence
Check out Erika’s Podcast: The YouTube Power Hour Podcast
Connect with Erika: Website | Instagram

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Pros and Cons of Using YouTube for Your Podcast
Can You Have a Successful Podcast Without Video?

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Ever wonder if YouTube could be the missing piece to getting your podcast in front of more people? With its massive user base and undeniable searchability, it sounds tempting — but is it really worth the extra effort?

In this episode, I’m joined by Erika Vieira, who’s coached thousands of business owners and podcasters to build profitable YouTube channels. Together, we dig into the upsides of this search engine powerhouse (hello, 2.9 billion users) and the downsides that come with it, because spoiler: it’s not as simple as connecting your RSS feed or uploading the lightly edited video from your latest interview and hoping for the best.

If you’re ready to find out whether YouTube is worth the effort for your podcast, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:02 - Why YouTube Has Gained Increasing Popularity for Podcasters

1:28 - How YouTube Can Increase Discoverability for Your Podcast

4:52 - The Challenges of Transitioning From Audio to Video

8:19 - The Downsides of Video Podcasting No One Talks About

12:14 - The Single Most Important Factor You Need to See Results From YouTube

Episode Links:

Erika’s Masterclass: Zero to Influence
Check out Erika’s Podcast: The YouTube Power Hour Podcast
Connect with Erika: Website | Instagram

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Can You Have a Successful Podcast Without Video?
The Right and Wrong Way to Start YouTube for Your Podcast

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Is releasing one episode a week enough for your podcast? Should you be doing more? Or what if once-weekly episodes feel like A LOT to keep up with? In this episode, we’re diving into the nitty-gritty of finding a release cadence that fits your goals and keeps your listeners coming back.

Whether you’re wondering if you should release episodes more frequently or you’re struggling to meet the once-a-week mark, I’m breaking down whether cranking out more episodes really leads to more listeners, the minimum number of episodes you should always aim for, and how to build a schedule that aligns with your bandwidth.

So if you're ready to build a release schedule that fits your goals and keeps listeners coming back, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:03 - How Often Should You Be Releasing Podcast Episodes?

1:41 - The Truth About Consistency and Real Listener Growth

11:34 - 5 Questions to Build a Release Schedule that Works for You (and Your Listeners)

15:08 - Do More Episodes Equal More Downloads?

17:23 - How to Tailor Your Schedule to Fit Your Podcast Goals and Unique Bandwidth

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

3 Types of Podcasting Advice You Can Totally Ignore

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Ever had a podcast guest that seemed incredible on paper but turned out to be a total mismatch on air? In this episode, I asked my OBM and Guest Concierge, Tayler Neeley, to take you behind the scenes and share our exact system for choosing guests who don’t just fill a slot but actually elevate your podcast’s credibility.

Plus, we’ll show you a foolproof way to turn down pitches kindly and professionally (without ghosting anyone) so you can protect your listeners’ time and build trust with every episode.

So if you're ready to learn how to curate guests who will strengthen your show’s authority and keep your listeners coming back for more, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:02 – Why a Perfect Pitch Doesn’t Always Mean a Perfect Guest

1:39 – Our Top Mistakes (and What We Fixed) in Guest Vetting

3:51 – The Exact Criteria We Use to Choose Standout Guests

11:37 – Handling the "Thanks, But No Thanks" Pitch Replies

14:49 – Deciding When Not to Air a Guest Episode

Episode Links:

Steal Our Guest Vetting Criteria Checklist
How to Decline Guest Pitches That Aren't a Fit
How to Decline Airing a Guest Episode

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Why Guesting on Podcasts Won’t Grow Your Show (Unless You Do This)
Exactly What to Say to Get Your Podcast Guests to Share Their Episode

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Ever had a guest on your podcast with a big audience, and you’re stoked for them to share the episode to help grow your show — only for them to do NOTHING once it airs?! (Hint: it’s not because they’re lazy or forgetful.) In this episode, podcast guesting expert Kelly Mosser explains the surprising reason most podcast guests don’t share their episode, and what’s REALLY going through their mind before, during, and after the interview (and why this matters more than you think).

We’re sharing four strategies you can use right away to make your podcast guests feel comfortable and confident on air, and what to say BEFORE you hit record so that they give you their best content. Plus, we’ll talk about how to stop your guest from rambling (without making it awkward), and what you can do after the interview to make sure they’re hyped to promote the episode — even if it airs weeks later.

So if you want to build stronger relationships with your podcast guests and turn them into advocates for your show, this one’s for you. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

1:21 - What’s REALLY Going Through Your Guest’s Mind Before the Interview

4:53 - The Top Reason Your Podcast Guests Aren't Sharing Their Episode

10:57 - The Most Effective Way to Prep Your Podcast Guests Before Their Interview

12:41 - What to Say BEFORE You Hit Record So That Your Guest Gives You Their Best Content

17:44 - Do This to Keep Your Guests From Rambling (and Keep the Conversation Flowing)

Episode Links:

Free Masterclass: The Profitable Podcast Tour
Check out Kelly’s Podcast: Aligned Success
Connect with Kelly: Website | Instagram | LinkedIn

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Why Guesting on Podcasts Won’t Grow Your Show (Unless You Do This)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

You’ve probably heard that podcast guesting is a great way to grow your audience — until you try it and end up with the same size audience you had before (and zero ROI to show for it). You’re not the only one. That’s why I invited Hell Yes Media founder and podcast guesting expert Kelly Mosser to break down why your guest appearances aren’t converting into the followers or clients you were counting on — and how to fix it.

In this episode, we’re diving into why most guest interviews won’t actually yield an ROI (especially on the big shows), the biggest mistakes people make when using podcast guesting to grow and get seen, and the magic formula for framing your CTAs so every appearance you do actually translates into audience growth.

So if you're ready to stop wasting time being interviewed on podcasts that don’t convert and start turning every guest spot into more listeners and leads for your business, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:02 - Why Podcast Guesting Isn’t Growing Your Audience

1:45 - The Mistake That’s Costing You Leads Before the Interview Even Starts

6:15 - How to Nail Your Message So Your Guest Appearances Actually Convert

13:13 - Why Your Call to Action Isn’t Working (And How to Fix It)

17:05 - Why a Podcast Tour Delivers Better Results than Ongoing Guesting

Episode Links:

The Profitable Podcast Tour
Check out Kelly’s Podcast: Aligned Success
Connect with Kelly: Website | Instagram | LinkedIn

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Real Reason Most Guests Don’t Share Their Episode (and How to Fix It)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Thinking about launching a podcast or struggling to grow the one you’ve got? You’re going to LOVE listening in on this conversation with fellow podcast host Flora McCormick. We’re unpacking how her transition away from social media marketing to a strategically-positioned podcast helped her launch a show that’s currently growing five times faster than the average podcast — and attracts new clients to her business every month from around the world.

Whether you're new to podcasting or an established business owner who wants to drive business growth through your podcast, you’ll walk away with insights on how to measure your show's success, see where you stack up against the competition, and position yourself as the go-to expert in an increasingly crowded podcast landscape. So if you're ready to connect with more clients and make a bigger impact with your podcast, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:02 - How Flora’s Show Hit the Top 20 In Its Category

1:22 - Why Your Podcast Listeners Are More Likely to Become Clients

4:15 - How to Expand Your Audience Beyond Word-of-Mouth Referrals

6:21 - The Simple Strategy to 5X Your Podcast Growth

10:00 - How a Repeatable System Makes Podcasting Sustainable

Episode Links:

Check out Flora McCormick’s podcast: Sustainable Parenting

Other Episodes You'll Enjoy:

5 Ways to Get Your Podcast on the Top Charts

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Unfortunately, there’s a lot of terrible advice floating around about how to start and grow a podcast. Some of it’s outdated, and some of it was never even true to begin with. Yet, it keeps getting repeated like gospel, leading too many hosts down the wrong path — and causing many of them to quit by episode six.

In this episode, we’re calling out three common pieces of podcasting advice that aren’t actually helping you. From the myth that consistency alone will grow your show to why great content isn’t enough anymore, we’ll unpack what you really need to know to launch and grow a top podcast that turns listeners into clients.

So if you’ve been following all the “rules” but still aren’t seeing the growth you hoped for, it’s time to switch up your strategy. Want to know what really works to create a show that attracts and converts new listeners every day? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy.

1:09 - Why Consistency Alone Won’t Grow Your Podcast

4:38 - Is Your Podcast Blending In? Here’s How to Tell

9:49 - How Consistency Shapes Listener Habits

12:33 - Why Great Content Isn’t Enough

18:12 - What Really Drives Your Podcast’s Revenue

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Found (And How to Fix It)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Podcast ads can be powerful for growing your show, but success isn't just about picking any ad strategy and throwing money at it. You need to be intentional: understand the different podcast ad types, know how to target the right audience, track your results, and refine your approach based on what’s working.

In this episode, I’m back with Mike Wiston from MowPod to dive into the tactical side of using paid ads to grow your podcast. Mike breaks down the different types of podcast ads and explains why not all ads are created equal when it comes to listener growth, to help you decide which ads are right for your show.

So if you want to make your podcast ads count and learn which ad strategies can help you reach more listeners, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:01 - Why Podcast Ads Are Not One Size Fits All

4:10 - Podcast Ad Fatigue and What It Means for Your Strategy

7:10 - Choosing the Right Ad Targeting to Reach More Listeners

11:15 - How to Track Retention and Tell If Your Ads Are Working

15:45 - Why Your Ads Aren’t Converting and How to Fix It

Episode Links:

Want to save on your next MowPod ad campaign? Use our discount link

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Biggest Mistakes Podcasters Make with Paid Ads

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Wondering if paid ads are the right move to grow your podcast, or if they’re a waste of your time and money? In this episode, I'm joined by Mike Wiston, co-founder of MowPod, to dive deep into the right (and wrong) ways to use paid ads to grow your show.

We tackle why jumping into paid ads too soon can lead to wasted dollars and disappointing results, and how building a solid organic growth engine is the key to making your ad dollars count. Mike also shares insights on understanding your metrics, avoiding costly mistakes, and creating a listener-centric community that drives genuine engagement.

So if you’re wondering when it’s the right time to invest in ads or how to turn paid traffic into a loyal podcast audience, hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy.

0:26 - Why Running Podcast Ads Too Soon Is a Waste of Money

2:05 - Know These Metrics Before You Spend on Podcast Ads

4:54 - How to Tell When Your Show is Ready for Paid Growth

8:34 - Why a Listener-Centric Show Equals a Higher Podcast Ad ROI

10:42 - The Ethics of Running Ads for Your Podcast

Episode Links:

Want to save on your next MowPod ad campaign? Use our discount link

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How to Know Which Paid Ad Strategies are Right For Your Show

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Should you script your podcast episodes, or is it better to outline? It’s a valid question, and the answer ultimately depends on what’s more important to you: converting your listeners to leads and clients, or simply sounding polished and professional.

In this episode, we’re diving into the pros and cons of scripting vs. outlining so you can decide which approach is better — not just for you, but for your listeners. We’ll also look at why building real influence as a podcast host has less to do with your script or outline, and everything to do with how you deliver it.
So if you want to create deeper connections that lead to raving fans who can't help but share your episodes, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Scripting vs. Outlining — Which is Better?

4:15 - Why Building Influence Is Not What You Say But How You Say It

10:30 - Why Engagement Alone Won’t Drive Sales

12:44 - The Secret to Staying Motivated as a Podcast Host

17:37 - How to Structure Episodes That Reflect Your Real Personality

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework
BTS: Peek Inside My Latest Voice Coaching Session

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

Ever notice how some podcasts make you drop everything to hit play while you scroll right past others without giving them a second thought? In this episode, I’m diving into the psychology behind why this happens — and why bingeworthy episode titles are the crucial trigger to getting new listeners to actually press play on your podcast.

Listen now to learn what makes an episode title impossible to ignore, why using AI for your titles is doing more harm than good, and how to craft episode titles that get the click. Because here’s the thing: no matter how great your content is, if your titles aren’t convincing people that your show is worth their time, they’re never going to hit play.

So if you're ready to break out of less-than-1000-downloads-per-episode jail and start getting the plays, audience growth, and traction your podcast deserves, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy.

0:34 - Why Some Episode Titles Get Ignored

4:55 - Common Episode Title Mistakes You Might Be Making

6:03 - Why Using AI to Write Your Podcast Titles Could Be Costing You Listeners

12:36 - The 5 Podcast Content Gatekeepers™ That Determine If Listeners Hit Play (or Not)

15:51 - How to Make Your Episode Titles Hyper-Relevant and Get the Click

18:15 - Do’s and Don’ts for Crafting Bingeworthy Episode Titles

Episode Links:

Grab Your Bingeworthy Episode Title Cheat Sheet

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing a podcast you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer!

Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a review.

Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop: How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025

NEW! Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Strategy Callw/ Courtney (60-min paid session).

Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Free Discovery Callto see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for your business.

Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ

View Details

AI can be a game-changer for scaling your podcast, but it’s only going to work if you take the time to dial in your core message and train the AI to reflect your voice.

In this episode, AI expert Michael Katz returns to show you how to train AI to reflect your voice — not churn out the same generic content everyone else is creating. You’ll learn how to use podcasting AI to streamline your content creation without losing the unique tone and personality that makes your show stand out. So if you’re ready to harness AI to save time, reach more people, and keep your voice front and center, hit play and let’s dive in.

1:22 - How to Stop AI from Making You Sound Generic

3:32 - What Does Quality Really Mean in AI?

6:50 - Your Voice: The Catalyst for Meaningful Impact

9:33 - How to Train Your AI to Sound Like You

12:55 - Practical Tips for Keeping Your Voice Your Voice While Using AI

Episode Links:

Connect with Michael Katz
Check out Flowsend.ai

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Think AI is making your podcast sound smarter? Think again. In this episode, Michael Katz joins us in the studio — a former AI skeptic turned founder of a different kind of AI company — to talk about why leaning too hard on AI could be doing more harm than good for your brand.We’re unpacking the common mistakes podcasters make when they let AI take over their content, the ethical concerns of sounding like everyone else, and what it really takes to use AI without losing your unique voice.

So if you’re someone who wants to use AI to save time, but you also don’t want to run the risk of devaluing your brand with generic AI outputs, this episode is for you. Hit play and let’s dive in. 0:03 - Is Podcasting AI Helping or Hurting Your Show?

4:42 - The Biggest Mistake Podcasters Make with AI

10:00 - Spotting AI-Generated Content (It’s Easier Than You Think)

12:35 - How AI Could Be Quietly Damaging Your Credibility (and How to Avoid It)

14:00 - Using AI Without Losing Your Authentic Voice

Episode Links

Check out FLOWSEND.AI

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Wondering how to make a bold comeback after hitting pause on your podcast? In this episode, we're breaking down what to do when there's been a shift in your podcast — like a business pivot, a change in audience, change in topic, change in leadership of the show (i.e., you lost a co-host), or if you simply had to pause your show for whatever reason and you want to bring it back, but you aren't sure the best way to do it.

Should you start fresh with a new podcast? Should you keep the old feed and just rebrand it? And most importantly, how do you win back your audience? In this episode, I’m answering all these questions and more. So if you’re ready to relaunch with purpose, reconnect with your audience, and regain the momentum you’ve lost, hit play and let's dive in.

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

We're diving into a rather taboo topic in the podcasting world: taking a break from your podcast. Gasp! Yup, we're going there. I’m showing you how to take a real break without losing your listeners and without anyone ever realizing you’re on hiatus (or sipping a marg on a sunny beach somewhere — who said anyone has to know?).Whether you need a 90-day breather or a longer pause, I’ll break down the steps to stay top-of-mind with your audience while you take the time you need, without risking breaking listener trust or having to batch months of content in advance.

So if you’re wondering what to do when you need to step away from the mic but don’t want to lose the traction you’ve already worked so hard to build, hit play and let's dive in.

0:17 - How to Hit Pause Without Anyone Noticing
1:23 - Why Batching Isn’t Always the Answer
9:02 - How to Keep Your Audience Engaged Without Creating More
16:24 - How to Take a Longer Break Without Losing Listeners
18:50 - Is a Seasonal Format Right for Your Podcast?
17:01 - Think Netflix, But for Podcasting Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How to Make a Bold Comeback After Pausing Your Podcast

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Many podcasters think, "If I want to make money, I need sponsors." But if you’re a business owner who podcasts, you’ve likely wondered, "Should I have sponsors if I’m already promoting my own stuff?" Here’s the thing: not all podcast sponsorships are created equal. While the right sponsor can help cover production costs and bring in extra revenue, the wrong one can undermine the trust you've worked hard to build with your listeners.In this episode, we’re clearing up the confusion. Whether you’re getting 100 downloads an episode or 10,000+, podcast sponsorship coach Joe Casabona is here to show you how to get podcast sponsors without sacrificing listener trust. You’ll learn how to find sponsors that truly align with your audience, craft pitches that make brands say “yes,” and price your sponsorship packages like a pro.

(Grab a pen, you’ll want to take notes.) Ready? Hit play and let’s dive in.

Episode Links:

Save 12 Hours a week with Joe's Podcast Automation Planners
Check out Joe Casabona’s podcast, The Streamlined Solopreneur

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

You’ve probably heard all about how to save time editing, uploading, and promoting — but the real time-suck for most podcasters? Planning the dang episode before you even hit record! But what if you could cut your episode prep time in half, reclaim that mental energy, and never stare at a blank screen wondering what to talk about again?

In this episode, podcast productivity guru Joe Casabona shares a simple framework that’ll help you capture ideas wherever you are (yes, even mid-shampoo) and streamline your episode prep time, free up your creativity, and create episodes that connect and convert — all without accidentally undermining your authority with AI.

If you’re ready to have more fun and enjoy podcasting again with a smarter, faster way to prep your episodes and position yourself as the go-to podcaster in your niche, hit play and let’s dive in.

Episode Links:

Save 12 Hours a week with Joe's Podcast Automation Planners
Check out Joe Casabona’s podcast, The Streamlined Solopreneur

Other Episodes You'll Enjoy:

How to Grow Your Podcast Without Adding More to Your Plate

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Getting on the podcast charts is like ranking on the first page of Google. It's an incredibly powerful way to get found by new listeners, and surprisingly? It's easier than you might think.In this episode we're unpacking why charting is key for discoverability beyond word-of-mouth or organic search, and why it's not out of reach for you even if you're just starting out or have a small audience. You’ll also learn how to stop stressing over your download numbers and start using them as data points to build a growth strategy that keeps your listeners hooked and attracts new ones.

Ready to uncover the five key metrics Apple and Spotify use to rank podcasts — and how you can leverage them to get found by new listeners? Hit play and let’s dive in. Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

Why You Don’t Need Big Numbers to Rank Your Podcast

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Want to know how to keep your listeners hooked from start to finish? In this episode, we’re diving into the psychology of how platforms like Netflix and Hulu create bingeworthy content — and how to apply these same principles to your episodes to keep your listeners hooked and coming back for more.

Learn how to open loops that leave listeners hanging (in a good way), the best way to tease future episodes, and how to increase that all-important listener consumption rate that signals to players like Apple Podcasts and Spotify that you have high listener engagement. Bonus: you can use these same techniques across your social media platforms and email newsletters, too.

Ready to learn exactly how to keep your listeners tuning in episode after episode? Hit play and let's dive in.

Other Episodes You'll Enjoy:

The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length

Special thanks to Flora McCormick of Sustainable Parenting for submitting today’s question. If you have a question you’d like me to answer in an upcoming episode, shoot me a text below.

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Think you need a massive number of downloads to rank your podcast? Think again. In this episode, fellow podcaster Zach Kristensen reveals how he relaunched his podcast and landed on the Apple Podcast charts with fewer downloads than you'd expect.We’re unpacking the challenges that led him to rethink his show, the unexpected lessons he learned about crafting the right message, and the specific changes he made that helped him connect with the right listeners, convert them into leads, and redefine his show's success. So if you’re ready for your podcast to drive real business growth (without spending another minute obsessing over download numbers), hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

Check out Zach’s podcast: Your Path to Publish
Connect with Zach

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

If you want your podcast discovered by new listeners, you need three key things to stand out in today’s increasingly crowded space. In this episode, we’re unpacking what it really takes to attract new listeners daily — and revealing the one growth metric most podcasters aren’t tracking (but should be).
Ready to learn how to get listeners choosing your show over the competition and go from unheard expert to binge-worthy thought leader in your niche? Hit play and let’s dive in.
→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Can you be successful as a podcaster without video? Short answer: Absolutely.

But are you missing out on podcast growth by sticking to audio only? It depends.

Podcasting hall-of-famer Dave Jackson is back to set the record straight on video podcasts. We’re tackling questions like: Is there an advantage to having a video podcast? Can you start with audio and add video later? When's the right time to add video? And is this video podcasting trend here to stay?

Whether you launched your podcast to avoid the camera or you're eyeing YouTube as the secret strategy for faster podcast growth, this episode has the answers you need. Hit play and let’s dive in.

0:03 - Should You Follow the Video Podcasting Trend?

1:27 - Audio vs. Video: Do You Really Need to Be on YouTube?

5:43 - Will the YouTube Algorithm Help or Hurt Your Podcast?

10:07 - What’s Coming Next for Podcast Advertising

18:26 - Striking the Right Balance Between AI and Keeping It Real

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

People often say that monetizing a podcast is all about growing your audience and landing sponsors and advertisers. But if it were that simple, then why are so many podcast hosts still struggling to make real money?

The truth is, there are over 20+ ways to monetize a podcast without sponsors or ads — yep, even if you have a small audience, don't have a business, or are just a few months into your podcasting journey.

Podcasting Hall-of-Famer Dave Jackson is in the studio with me to break down the do’s and don’ts of podcast monetization, as well as what you need to have in place before you can start monetizing so that your podcast can become a real source of profit (and not a money pit).

So if you’ve got a podcast that isn’t making money (or you’re looking to start one and turn it into a steady income stream) hit play and let's dive in.

0:22 - Why Your Podcast Isn't Making Money

5:31 - What You Need Before You Can Successfully Monetize a Podcast

10:21 - The Secret to Turning Listeners into Loyal Customers

14:01 - How to Monetize a Small Podcast Without Sponsors

18:47 - The Underrated Key to Podcast Growth

Episode Links:

Profit From Your Podcast by Dave Jackson
Connect with Dave

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

Profit from Your Podcast: Proven Strategies to Turn Listeners into a Livelihood

View Details

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Ever set a podcast goal and feel like no matter what you do, you just can't hit it? You're putting out great content, lining up awesome guests, and promoting like crazy on social media, but the downloads just aren't moving in the right direction — and you’re not alone.Multiple time best-selling author of The Miracle Morning, Hal Elrod, joins me in this episode to share how he went from struggling to sell books to creating a global movement — and how podcasting played a significant role in the process.

But instead of the usual advice on setting podcast goals, Hal's here to show you how to actually hit them. He’s got some counterintuitive, refreshingly uncommon advice for identifying the right actions to focus on rather than obsessing over results.

So if you’re ready to crush every podcast goal you set and actually make real progress, hit play and let's dive in.
Episode Links:

Download The Miracle Morning App for iPhone and Android
Get a Copy of The Miracle Morningby Hal Elrod
Listen to Hal Elrod's Podcast

**Chapter Markers:

6:37** - The 6-Minute Morning Routine that Transformed Hal's Life

4:32 - The Biggest Mistake Most Podcasters Make in Their First Year

16:24 - How Hal Elrod Turned Failure into a Million Book Sales

19:26 - A Different Set of Metrics for Sustainable Podcast Growth

22:46 - The Power of Committing to the Process Over the Results→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

The Miracle Morning (Updated and Expanded Edition): The Not-So-Obvious Secret Guaranteed to Transform Your Life (Before 8AM) (Miracle Morning Book Series)

View Details

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Have you ever shared a podcast episode you're really excited about, packed with content you’re confident your audience will love, only to be met with... radio silence? You check the stats: fewer than 100 downloads, a couple of likes on your social media posts, and zero "New Call Booked!" emails in your inbox.

And the worst part? You’re left scratching your head, wondering what you're missing and starting to question if all the effort you’re putting in is even worth it.

Luis Camejo from BizBros is back with us to break down the five signs your podcast content is blending in (and what to do about it). So if you want to know how get more listeners choosing your podcast over the competition with content that dominates the conversation, hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

Listen to Luis Camejo’s Podcast,Content is Profit

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review!

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Content repurposing is a fantastic way to extend the life of your podcast episodes and engage your audience across various channels — or, let's be honest, it can feel like a big waste of time. If you've ever wondered why your repurposed content isn't getting the love you hoped for, you're not alone.Luis Camejo from BizBros joins me on the podcast to talk about the five biggest mistakes podcasters make when repurposing content that causes your short-form clips to get overlooked (and how to fix it).

Is it really possible to turn more social media followers into loyal podcast listeners? Find out inside this episode — hit play and let's dive in. Episode Links:

Check out the Content is Profit podcast by BizBros

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review!

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Should you run paid podcast ads to grow your show? In this episode, we break down the ins and outs of podcast ads to help you decide if they're worth the investment.

We'll cover the best types of podcast ads, the ones to avoid, and whether paid ads are right for you. Get the inside scoop on the most effective ad types, pros and cons of organic vs. paid growth strategies, and how to gauge the accuracy of targeting algorithms so you can track your ad performance.

If you're considering paid podcast ads, this episode is chock-full of the clarity and practical advice you need. Oh, and your wallet will thank you. Hit play and let's dive in.

Special thanks to Laura, host of Grandparents Raising Grandchildren, for submitting today's question!→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review!

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Want to get more of your listeners asking, “How can I work with you?!” If you’re nodding yes, then this episode is for you.We’re diving deep into listener psychology with three powerful language patterns that’ll help you communicate more effectively as a podcast host so you can drive more listener-to-lead conversions. (Master these and you'll have 'em hitting replay and coming back every week for more, too).

The best part? These three language patterns aren’t just for your podcast. You can use them anytime you need to overcome objections and move people to action — on sales calls, from stage, on webinars, and more.

If you’re ready to learn how to turn more listeners into clients so you can grow your business and expand your podcast's reach, hit play and let’s dive in.

Episode Links:

Sleight of Mouthbook by Robert Dilts
Brandon Lucero’s Podcast: New Generation Entrepreneur
James Wedmore’s Podcast:Mind Your Business

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

239 | The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Converting
248 | 3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Hit Play

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review!

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Are you buried in podcasting tasks and tools that promise growth but only add to your workload? If you've ever felt overwhelmed by the constant push to do more with your podcast, this episode is for you.Alex Sanfilippo is back in the studio to share why doing more doesn’t always equal more podcast growth (and why in most cases it just leads to more complications, more time spent, and more stress).

We’ll also uncover the hidden downside of many AI podcasting tools that actually create unnecessary work and show you how to streamline your processes by eliminating the tools that aren’t truly serving your show’s greater good.

Ready to simplify your podcasting efforts while maximizing your growth potential? Hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

Podmatch - Alex’s platform for connecting podcasters with guests
Connect with Alex: Podcast | LinkedIn

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review!

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

It’s tempting to think that the more you can do to help your podcast grow, the faster you’ll see results — but the opposite is true. But when it comes to growing a podcast, it’s not about doing everything. It’s about focusing on a few strategies and executing them exceptionally well.In this episode, Alex Sanfilippo, founder of PodMatch, reveals why focusing on what really matters is the secret to skyrocketing your podcast growth.
We also unpack why trying to replicate what other successful hosts are doing might be causing listeners to overlook your show, and how mastering a handful of key tactics can speed up your podcast’s success. Plus, Alex shares his powerful four-question approach to understanding your audience on a deeper level.
Ready to streamline your efforts and unlock the strategies that will truly accelerate your podcast growth? Hit play and let’s dive in.
Episode Links:

Podmatch - Alex’s platform for connecting podcasters with guests
Connect with Alex: Podcast | LinkedIn

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How to Tell if Your Podcast Needs a Rebrand | Beth Schillaci
The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Converting | Brandon Lucero

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review!

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Did you know that the first eight weeks of your podcast are crucial for platforms like Apple and Spotify to determine your show’s initial potential? …but what if you miss that window?
No worries — you can hit the reset button by relaunching your podcast. (PSST: it’s a strategy that works especially well if your podcast has been gathering dust or if you haven’t been releasing episodes consistently).

In this episode, we’re diving into Dr. Reana Mulcahy's podcast relaunch, where she took her show from 35 downloads per episode to the Top 100 charts. We'll also tackle the common issue of podcaster burnout and give you actionable tips to breathe new life into your show.

Whether you’re looking to increase downloads, reignite excitement among your current and new listeners, or gain serious momentum and visibility, this episode is a must. Hit play and let's dive in. → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review!

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Ever feel like you need to have the best audio, the best voice, the best everything to succeed in podcasting? In this episode, we’re challenging industry norms and showing you a new way to measure your podcast’s success.

The industry relies heavily on metrics like downloads, reviews, and rankings to gauge success, but these can be misleading because not all podcasts are created equal. But by changing the types of goals you set and the way you measure your progress, you’ll be able to make continuous improvements, stay motivated, and create content that stays true to your vision and values.

If you're ready to stop comparing your podcast to others and start seeing actual podcast growth, hit play and let's dive in. Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Truth About Listen Notes Rankings
Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster?

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a review!

Ready to become a Top 100 podcast host? Book a free strategy call

NEW WORKSHOP: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

View Details

Have you poured hours into podcast guest appearances, only to see minimal impact on your podcast’s growth and zero inquiries from potential clients?
In this episode, Seth Silvers, Founder of Story On Media and the strategic mind behind podcasts by industry giants like Alex Hormozi and Patrick Lencioni, reveals why your podcast guesting strategy isn’t working — and how to better position yourself as a guest expert that hosts (and listeners) will rave about.

Learn exactly what to look for beforehand to make sure the show you’re pitching is worth your time, why bigger shows tend to yield the worst listener-to-lead conversions, and what separates the pitches that get an automatic “yes” from the ones that get automatically deleted.

If you’re ready to (finally) see an ROI on your podcast guest appearances, hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

Connect with Seth’s team: Story On Media

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Ever wish you could go behind the scenes with someone who oversees strategies for today's top podcasts like Alex Hormozi and Patrick Lencioni?
Your wish is my command. Podcast expert Seth Silvers is here in the studio to teach you how to create a podcast that doesn't just capture attention, but dominates the conversation.We transparently discuss why the era of traditional interview-style podcasts is coming to an end. Seth also shares the step-by-step competitive analysis you can do to identify gaps in your niche and leverage them to your advantage so you can increase listener-to-lead conversions. Trust us — your listeners (and your stats) will thank you!

If you’re serious about mastering your craft as a host and making your podcast your number one marketing channel, hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

Connect with Seth’s team: Story On Media

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Ever wonder how a brand-new podcast can skyrocket to the top of the charts? There are two ways it can happen, and in this episode, I’m taking you behind the scenes of bestselling author and founder Jamie Kern Lima’s recent podcast launch to show you how.
Find out the mechanisms at work that helped her claim the #1 spot in self-improvement, Top 20 on Spotify, and Top 20 of all podcasts in the USA, and learn how to leverage these same mechanisms for your show. You’ll also discover the key metrics that actually determine your podcast's success (and nope, it’s not downloads).

If you’re ready to increase your podcast’s discoverability so more new listeners can find you, hit play and let’s dive in.
Other Episodes You Might Enjoy:

249 | Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster?

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

If you have a podcast that’s not converting as many listeners to leads as you want, chances are it has nothing to do with the current size of your podcast audience and everything to do with the first impression you’re making on your listeners.Fellow podcaster Beth Schillaci joins me in this episode to break down the five key elements of your podcast that shape the crucial first impression on your listeners. By the time you finish listening, you’ll be armed with the know-how to make every new listener nod and go, “Finally! This is the show I’ve been looking for.”

Is it time to rebrand your podcast? Or is your podcast already doing a great job of standing out in a crowded feed? Hit play to find out. Episode Links

Travel Beyond the Guidebook with Beth Schillaci

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

249 | Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster?

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Are niche podcasts growing faster than general ones? Are video podcasts here to stay? Why are podcast networks booming? What will podcasting look like in the next 3-5 years? And most importantly, will your podcast rise with the tide or will it sink?

Get ready for a deep dive into the future of podcasting and learn what the latest trends are, why they matter, and the opportunity that exists for you in the “Great Divide” that’s being created as more and more podcasts flood the scene.

You’ll also hear my predictions on the rise of multimedia content and the decline of traditional interview styles. Plus, the three questions you need to answer about your podcast to make sure your show stays relevant and engaging.

Ready to find out if your podcast will withstand the test of time? Hit play and let’s dive in.

Episode Links:

School of Podcasting
The Podcast on Podcasting

Special thanks to Zach, host of Your Path to Publish, for submitting today's question!
→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Most podcast hosts think high-quality episodes are enough to attract new listeners. But they’re not. If you want to be the host of a top-ranked podcast, you need to know how to hook your listener before they hit play.Because having a bingeworthy podcast isn’t just about keeping listeners’ attention — it's about knowing how to grab it in the first place.

In this episode, I'm breaking down three powerful ways to subconsciously communicate the value of your show to your potential listener. You’ll also learn the five red flags to avoid when creating episode titles and why AI tools aren’t helping your show stand out as much as you think.

If you have a podcast or you’re thinking of starting one, mastering this skillset will set you apart from 99% of other hosts who aren’t doing this, so hit play and let’s dive in. Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

How to Speak the Language of Your Ideal Listener
The Best (and Worst) Ways to Use AI for Your Podcast

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Ever find yourself staring at your podcast analytics dashboard, wondering what to do with all that data? Maybe you check once a month to see if your downloads are increasing. But what if you knew how to decode your listener data to pinpoint exactly what your listeners want and unearth your most bingeworthy episode topics?
Whether you’ve been podcasting for a while or you're just starting out, this episode will teach you how to use your data to craft content that keeps your current listeners hooked and helps you get discovered by new ones every week.

Ready to turn your podcast analytics into a Magic 8-Ball that tells you what your listeners want most? Hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

MowPod.com

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Spoiler alert… the real key to growing a podcast isn’t consistency. Think about it: if consistency were the key to long-term podcasting growth, then everyone who’s been releasing an episode every week for the past year or more would have a Top 100 podcast — and that’s not the case.So if you’re sick of hearing “consistency is key to podcasting success,” you're onto something… because the truth is, consistency is only one part of the full equation for podcast growth.

In this episode I’m breaking down why just sticking to a schedule isn't enough, and giving you the other piece of the equation for driving more engaged listeners to your podcast.

So if you’re tired of releasing episode after episode without seeing significant growth to your podcast over the last three months, hit play and let’s fix it. Episode Links

Ubersuggest | Free SEO Keyword Research Tool
MowPod

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

If your podcast hasn’t shown significant audience growth in the last three months despite giving your best stuff away for free in every episode, it might have nothing to do with your content and everything to do with what your listeners are hearing in your voice when you share it.Believe it or not, it’s not what you say ~but how you say it~ that’ll make your listeners pay attention and want to work with you, or keep them from fully trusting you as the expert you are (and take zero action no matter how many CTAs you give).

The good news? Once you understand the psychology behind how your voice works and — more importantly — how someone listening interprets what they hear in your voice when you speak, you’ll be able to turn your voice into your most powerful tool for creating influence and income as a podcaster.

If you’re serious about becoming a Top 100 podcast host, this episode is a must. Hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

Get a free sound check with Courtney’s voice coach: Katherine Beck

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

BTS: A Peek Inside My Latest Voice Coaching Session

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Most experts who preach about podcast growth won’t tell you this: but if you’ve been podcasting for six months or more and fewer than ten listeners have converted to clients, the first step isn’t “grow your audience”...The first step is to look at why the listeners you have aren’t converting to begin with.

In this episode, I’m breaking down three little-known reasons why this happens and the most common culprit that erodes listener trust in you as the expert and causes listeners to lose interest and stop listening.

You’ll also learn why audience size and podcast conversions have nothing to do with each other and find out the crucial role your voice plays in listener-to-lead conversions.

Ready to take your podcast from boring to bingeworthy so you can attract, keep, and convert new listeners? Hit play and let’s dive in. → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

The biggest reason most hosts give up after Episode 6? They aren’t seeing an ROI on the time and effort they’re putting into their podcast.
But the real reason they aren’t seeing an ROI isn’t because their show isn’t good enough or there’s too much competition — but because they don’t know how to stand out against it.

Think of it like this: you’d never spend a year or more writing a book, only to tell no one, hit “publish” on Amazon, and hope it becomes a bestseller, would you? Of course not. Yet this is how most people start their podcasts… and why they’re shocked when their show only brings in less than 100 downloads an episode.

That’s why I invited mindset expert and podcast host Karen Powell to break down the key differences between hitting publish and launching a podcast — and what can happen when you have a strategic plan in place to build momentum from day one and get your show discovered by new listeners every day.

The best part? This process will work whether you have an established podcast or you’re just starting out,

If you’re ready to reach a global audience of listeners eager to hear your message, hit play and let’s dive in. Other episodes you’ll enjoy:

EP 227 | Here’s What Launching a Podcast Looks Like

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Tired of asking for reviews in every episode and hearing nothing but crickets?I mean, it’s obvious from your analytics dashboard that people are listening to your show. People even tell you “omg I love your podcast” or “that episode was exactly what I needed to hear!”

But STILL they won’t take 30 seconds and leave a review. #rude

That’s because there’s two types of reviews (and two types of behavior that drives them), and in this episode I’ll unpack what they are and how to leverage them to your advantage so you can start getting the social proof on your show you deserve.

Ready to see those five stars start rolling in so that you (and others!) know your show is worth the listen? Hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

PodLottery
PodMatch

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

EP 238 | 4 Powerful Techniques to Keep Listeners Engaged
EP 239 | The Real Reason Why Your Podcast Isn't Converting

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

You know when you listen to a podcast episode and you’re like, “This is creepy. It’s like they made this just for me. How did they know I needed this?! Are they in my brain?! Woah. HOW DID THEY KNOW?!"(Well. It’s me, hi. I’m doing it again).

Look, no one (and I mean absolutely no one) starts a podcast and says, "I want to put all this effort in and get zero return."

You want to reach millions with your message.

You want a bingeworthy show that people rave about with their friends.

And it sure would be nice to convert at least some of your listeners to clients and customers, wouldn't it?

If you’re like, ummm DUH, YES then pay close attention because you’re about to learn how to drive more conversions from your podcast by learning how to communicate in a way that makes your listener pay attention while creating desire and demand for whatever program, product, or service you offer.

My friend and mentor Brandon Lucero is a fellow top podcaster and a master at the art of persuasive communication, and I asked him to join us inside this bonus episode to show you the biggest reasons why your listeners aren’t converting to clients — and how to fix these once and for all.

Ready to get more listeners saying “OMG, you’re in my head” and “How can I work with you?!” Hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

The New Generation Entrepreneur Podcast with Brandon Lucero
Follow Brandon on Instagram

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

EP 238 | 4 Powerful Techniques to Keep Listeners Engaged Throughout Every Episode
EP 159 | 3 Surprising Content Mistakes that Are Costing You Clients

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Ready to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call

NEW! Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Have a question you want me to answer? Shoot me a text!

If you want a podcast that thousands of people listen to, you first have to know how to get people to care about what you have to say.The problem? Most podcast hosts think “valuable content” is the key to growing an engaged podcast audience. So they teach as much as they can in every episode because they believe more information means more value.

But it doesn’t work like that. (If it did, then your listeners wouldn’t lose interest and stop listening before finishing the episode).

If you want to become a top podcast host, you need to learn how to speak your listener’s language. This is why I invited top podcaster and communications expert Brandon Lucero to join me in this episode to show you four powerful ways you can hook your listeners in, keep them engaged, and drive more conversions from your podcast. [SPOILER ALERT] these four techniques will allow you to stop creating episodes that blend in with others, make listeners rave about your content, keep listeners coming back again and again to binge your episodes, and raise their hands asking how to work with you.

If you don’t want that, don’t listen. But if you’re ready to learn how, hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

The New Generation Entrepreneur Podcast with Brandon Lucero

Follow Brandon on Instagram Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

EP 236 | Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

"Do I really need a podcast editor? Or can I get by with one of those AI editing tools and call it a day?"This is a question I get asked all the time by people who value their time, and there's no shortage of opinions on this topic.

But if you're a business owner who podcasts (or if you're someone who wants to turn your podcast into a business) there are some pros and cons you need to consider.

I invited 2x bestselling author and award winning host Shawn Shewchuk to join me inside this episode, because he's helped over 12,500 entrepreneurs learn how to do more in less time — not by managing time, but by thinking about it differently.

We're breaking down what you need think about as the CEO of your business (and your podcast) so that you can best answer this question based on your current stage in business, size of your team, unique business goals, and goals for your podcast.

Ready to learn if editing your podcast is the best use of your time and energy during this stage of your podcasting journey? Hit play and let's dive in. → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

The biggest complaint I hear from experts who are using their podcast as a lead-gen tool is this:"No matter how much valuable content I give away for free in every episode, I still can't get listeners to convert to leads!"

I get it, because I was once there too. You started your podcast to get more eyeballs on your business and your offers. And it's ridiculously frustrating to spend hours creating every episode only to have listeners tell you they love your show (but never ask how to work with you).

After spending over 500+ hours studying what separates successful podcasts from the ones that fail (and helping 60+ business owners launch a Top 100 podcast that turns listeners into high-ticket clients), I've found there are three reasons why this happens...

And inside this episode, I'm breaking down you're struggling to convert your listeners to leads from your podcast and show you how to create real desire and demand for whatever it is you offer... without having to give away everything you teach for free.

Ready to find out why you're not converting as many listeners as you want to be and fix this problem once and for all? Hit play and let's dive in. → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Have a question you want me to answer on air? Shoot me a text!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Ever wonder whether you should offer subscription-based bonus content on your podcast? Well, you're not alone.Sure, it has the potential to create a new income stream and provide even more value to your most engaged listeners — but it can sometimes be tough to tell if it's something your podcast will actually benefit from or if it's just another shiny object.

In this episode of Listener Q +A, we're breaking down the pros and cons of subscription-based podcast content so you can decide if it's right for your podcast.
I'll give you the answers you can't find on Google to questions like:

→ "How do paid podcast subscriptions actually work?"
→ "What are the pros and cons of offering paid podcast subscriptions?"
→ "Will offering a paid podcast subscription help me increase listener engagement?"
→ "Do paid podcast subscriptions count toward (or take away from) my total podcast downloads?"
→ "How much can I ~really~ make from offering a paid podcast subscription?"

...and more... Ready to find out if offering your listeners a paid podcast subscription is right for your podcast? Hit play and let's dive in.
→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Are you toying with the idea of starting a podcast, but worried people won't want to hear what you have to say? Or maybe you already started your show, but your throat still feels tight every time you hit the record button.

If this is you, you're not alone. (Case in point: I still struggle with this sometimes.) The reality? That voice of self-doubt will be there at every new level you achieve.

So it's not about getting rid of self-doubt... It's about learning how to quiet it so that it doesn't prevent you from sharing your message.

I've got renowned mindset expert and accomplished podcaster Lucy Liu in the studio with me to unpack the common, but often unacknowledged mental obstacles that we face as podcasters.

Whether it's the fear of putting yourself out there or the persistent doubts that creep in during recording sessions, we'll equip you with the tools to navigate these challenges head-on.

Ready to unlock the full potential of your podcast and hone your ability to influence people and create meaningful change in the world with your voice? Hit play and let's dive in.
→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Tell me if this sounds familiar...→ You publish at least one new podcast episode every week without fail... but you’re still getting less than 1000 downloads per episode (despite doing literally everything the experts say you need to do to grow your show)

→ People tell you they love your podcast but no one has left a review on your show in the last 30 days

→ You check your analytics dashboard every week but haven't seen a significant increase in downloads or listens in the last three months

→ Even though you know the content you share in every episode is highly valuable, only one or two listeners have ever reached out asking how to work with you

If you're like, UM YES THIS IS ME, then you've probably also been told that that podcasting is a long game and that you just need to stay consistent and give it more time.

But have you ever asked yourself why it's not working? ... there's a reason why.

And after helping over 95% of our clients break the Top 100 in their categories, we've found it's often because your podcast is missing something called a "core differentiator" . Or in other words, a way of communicating to your listener why your show is the one they need to listen to.

We both know you're here to add real value and make meaningful change in people's lives. So to save you 4+ years of figuring this out the hard way like I did, I recorded this episode for you. :)
Ready to learn how to fix it so you can reach more people who need to hear your message? Hit play and let's dive in. → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

You've likely heard of content repurposing—taking your podcast episodes and converting them into bite-sized clips to share on short-form platforms.In theory, it's supposed to help you expand your reach and drive traffic back to your podcast.

But in reality? You're spending hours scouring through endless AI-generated clips, adding flashy effects and captions, and maybe even splurging on expensive apps or video editing services... at the expense of all the other things you need to do in your business (you know, like sales and client delivery).

What's worse is that you have zero way of knowing if all this work is doing anything to drive traffic back to your podcast. (not much, from the looks of your 30-day downloads).

So if you're over-posting podcast video clips to social media (or heck, throwing the whole episode up on YouTube), only to get a couple hundred views and no likes or comments — this episode is for you.

I'm breaking down three reasons your content repurposing efforts are falling flat. Plus you'll learn three uncommon strategies the pros use to create viral podcast content that commands attention and gets people excited to listen to your show.

Ready to ditch the guesswork and hit "post" knowing your content will be effective? Hit play and let's dive in. → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Most people think today’s top podcasters are successful because they have a massive audience, a professional audio setup, and this seemingly effortless ability to pump out high-quality content daily.Those things can help, but when you think of successful podcasts like "Serial" or "The Joe Rogan Experience”, it’s not ~just~ the audio quality or even the content itself that draws people in and keeps them coming back for more.

(If that were true, then everyone with a $100+ mic who releases high-quality episodes every week would be in the Top 100 and we both know that’s not the case).

But, all Top 100 podcasts DO have four things in common — and one of the most important? A strong podcast brand that compels listeners to choose your show over others like yours.

But podcast branding is much more than cover art and a catchy show title. Which is why I invited co-hosts Tonya Eberhart and Michael Carr of the top ranked Be Bold Branding podcast to join me in this episode so we can help you nail the invisible elements of your podcast brand and create a show listeners can’t ignore.

Ready to learn the first steps you need to build a powerful podcast brand that commands attention? Hit play and let’s dive in.

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

If watching other successful hosts and imitating what they do was the secret to a successful podcast, then everyone who's mirrored another successful host would have a Top 100 podcast… and we both know that's not the case.But how exactly do you steer clear of the Podcast Comparison Trap when it feels like other podcasts are the only benchmark for measuring your show's success?

In this eye-opening episode of Listener Q + A, we’ll unpack why the Podcast Comparison Trap happens, the 5 telltale signs that listeners are overlooking your show, and how embracing your own expertise and distinct voice will help you position your show to stand out amidst the noise of the crowded podcasting landscape.

Ready to step out of the shadows of comparison and step boldly into the spotlight as an in-demand podcast host? Hit play and let's dive in!

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Want to increase listener engagement and create a loyal audience for your podcast? If you're like, “duh yes!”, then this is the episode for you.

I've got top podcaster and author Matt Drinkhan here in the studio to show you three listener engagement strategies you need to incorporate to create a dynamic and engaging podcasting experience that hooks your listeners, keeps your listeners engaged, and makes them eager to come back for more.

It’s no secret that podcasting is becoming increasingly popular with millions of podcasts available for your listeners to choose from. The podcasts that will excel the most over the next five years are ones who foster two-way communication with their audience, source the right kind of feedback from their listeners, and share content that connects with listeners on a deep and meaningful level.

Ready to get more listeners choosing your show over the competition? Hit play and let’s dive in..

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

There I was, crying over my analytics dashboard at 10:42 AM. I'd just released my 16th episode and I still hadn’t enrolled a single new client from my podcast.

I came this close to throwing my mic in the garbage and giving up on this whole podcasting thing (and honestly? I have no clue what stopped me). But now looking back, I’m so glad I stuck with it.

I made three surprising mistakes that caused me to struggle more than I needed to during my first year of podcasting, and I’m breaking down what those three mistakes are inside this episode so that you can avoid them too.

So if you’re someone who publishes at least one episode every week without fail but you’re still getting less than 1000 downloads per episode, or if people tell you they love your podcast but no one is buying, hit play and let’s dive in.

Episode Links:

Understanding the Dunning-Kreuger Effect | courtesy of Verywell Mind
Dunning-Kreuger Effect (visual)

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

I hear so many people say that starting a podcast is easy. (Sigh. If only.)Let’s be real — if starting a successful podcast was based on finding time to record and hitting publish on a new episode once a week, you would've made it happen six months ago.

The problem isn’t finding time to start your podcast.

The problem is not wanting to waste your time starting something that isn't successful. And look, I know launching a podcast might SEEM like more than you have energy for, which is why full-time business owner, busy mom, and new podcaster Rachel Provan joins me inside this episode to show you how strategically launching her podcast...→ grew her email list by 500+ in one week

→ landed her show in the Top 100 in the US + UK

→ earned her 45+ reviews and 1000+ downloads in the first 24 hours

→ has continued growing at a rate of 500+ downloads per week (10x faster than the average podcast)

→ is reaching people in over 20+ countries and 1300+ cities around the world, making her visible to a global audience of ideal clients

So if you want to SAVE yourself hundreds of hours and get these same results for your show? Hit play and let's dive in.
Want my help to launch your podcast? Book a call and let’s find out if we’re a fit to work together.→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Sending an email blast every time you release a new podcast episode might seem like the right move, but it could actually be stunting your podcast's growth.(And inside this episode, I'll reveal why your podcast isn't growing no matter how many "New Episode!" announcement emails you send.)
When you finish listening, you'll know exactly how to share the type of podcast content your email list wants to read — giving you higher open rates and increased downloads. #winwin

Ready to use your podcast to get more people subscribing to your email list (and get your email subscribers EXCITED to go listen to your podcast)? Hit play and let's dive in. Other episodes you’ll enjoy: Steal This Easy Episode Hack to Grow Your Email List→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

With the rise of AI, listeners are becoming more skilled than ever at telling the difference between what’s real and what’s fake.

Which means that if AI is the sum total of all human wisdom and you’re copy/pasting content from the same tools that every other podcast host is using — you run the risk of sounding like everyone else.

And if you want to be seen as a real thought leader, the LAST thing you want is for your listeners to think you aren’t who you say you are.

That’s why global tech founder and AI expert Manuj Aggarwal is back in the studio with me to share the number one way you can teach AI to sound like you, so you can reap its benefits ~without~ compromising your authentic voice. Hit play and let’s dive in.

Check out our favorite AI tools for podcasters:

Capsho
Castmagic
PodMatch
PodLottery

Other episodes you’ll enjoy: The Future of AI for Podcasting | Manuj Aggarwal

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

A human wrote this. (hey, it needed to be said).

Look, in today's AI-driven world I KNOW it's tempting to use technology to streamline your processes. But to what extent should you be using AI for your podcast? And is AI actually harming your show’s ability to attract new listeners?

Put it this way: there'll only ever be one true Picasso. And just like an art expert can spot what's real and what's fake, it's crucial to maintain your podcast's unique identity amid the flood of AI-generated content. Because guess who's becoming the new decoders of authenticity? Yup. Your listeners.

But instead of trading dollars for priceless works of art, they're trading something even more valuable: their time. And they don't want to spend it listening to impersonators. (YOU are the real deal - I know that. But it's your listeners we have to convince.)

So I asked global tech founder and AI expert, Manuj Aggarwal, to join me in this episode to discuss how you can use AI without losing your authentic voice.

Because in a Black Mirror world where everything is a simulation, being real is the new priceless. (Okay fine, so Mastercard won't be hiring me anytime soon.)

But if you're ready to learn how you can streamline your podcast production without sounding like everyone else who's also uploading their episode content into the same AI tools, THAT I can help with. Hit play and let's dive in.

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

You don’t need me to tell you that picking a podcast category feels strangely similar to choosing your next Netflix show to watch — overwhelming and potentially regrettable.

And let's be real, Google and YouTube aren't exactly serving up fresh insights when you search for “how to choose a podcast category” either — not to mention, the info that does exist? already out of date.

But not to worry, because in this episode I’ll show you three immutable ways to pick the perfect podcast category for your show, and walk you through a simple self-audit you can do today so more people can find your podcast.

Ready to grow your podcast audience and get discovered by new listeners who have no idea you exist? Hit play and let’s dive in.

Other episodes you’ll enjoy: From 30 to 1000+ Downloads in One Day With This Simple Shift

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Okay... what's up with these hosts who love to talk like they're determined to rival Tolstoy with their marathon episodes? (looking at you, Joe Rogan 👀)

There's this trend going on right now where 39% of episodes are clocking in over 40 minutes. But that doesn't mean listeners are listening that long.

So basing your episode length off some random google search for "how long should my episodes be" or copying other hosts and making your episodes as long as theirs might actually be causing you to lose listeners.

The perfect episode length ultimately comes down to your listener's specific preferences — which is why inside this episode, I'm going to you how to figure out exactly how long your episodes should be based on your unique listener data.

Ready for your listeners to do the work for a change and tell you exactly what they want? Hit play and let’s dive in.

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Honestly… getting your show on the charts is not as hard as you think it is.

~she says, after spending the last 4 years figuring out how to do it well~

(so, okay, it's a little hard. But this episode will make it SO MUCH easier.)

If you've ever wondered how top podcasters land their shows on the charts week over week, you're going to want to listen to this episode. again. (and again).

But instead of giving you vague, general advice like:

→ "publish episodes every week"

→ “make sure you have great audio quality”

→ “give away your best content for free in every episode"

Adam Adams is back in the studio with me to share exactly how to trigger the Apple algorithms to share your show with more listeners. Ready? Hit play and let's dive in.

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

When people ask me, "How can I get more listeners to engage with my show?!?" My answer is always simple: know what makes your listeners ~want~ to engage in the first place.

That's why I invited Adam Adams, one of the few experts I trust in the podcasting space, to join me in this episode to discuss the biggest reasons your listeners don't take action and show you the most effective ways to keep your audience hooked, both on and off the podcast platforms.

If you're ready to stop feeling like you're talking to yourself in an empty room and learn the steps you can take to start getting your listeners more engaged with your show (especially if you are launching for the first time), hit play and let's dive in.

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

You already know that podcasting is KEY when it comes to growing your authority and thought leadership.

But if every time you check your podcast analytics and want to chuck your mic garbage because only four people listened to your episode, you’re not alone.

The thing is, when it comes to publishing high-quality podcast content, you’ve got it DOWN.

You’re already giving your best stuff away for free.

You publish an episode every week like the experts tell you.

And people tell you all the time that they love your podcast.

So… why are you still struggling to convert your listeners to leads?

This maaay come as a shock. But deep breath trying to convert listeners is the slowest way to get leads from your podcast.

Can it work? Of course. But are there other ways to leverage your podcast as a lead-gen tool that you might not be thinking about? One hundred percent yes.

And lucky for you that’s exactly what I’m breaking down inside this episode. So if you want to turn your podcast into your numero uno source of organic leads, hit play and let’s dive in!

Other Episodes You May Enjoy…

Why You Don’t Need a Big Audience to Have a Profitable Podcast
If Your Podcast Isn’t Converting Listeners to Leads, This Could Be Why

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

You get a new review every month or two. People tell you they love listening to your show. But… you’re still getting nowhere NEAR the number of leads you thought you’d be getting by now from your podcast. (And for the ridiculous amount of time and energy podcasting takes, you want to be reaching thousands of people — not talking to yourself in an empty room!)

^^ If you don’t have a podcast yet? This is basically your worst nightmare.

The podcasting industry has changed a lot in the 4+ years I’ve been podcasting. The question is, are you changing along with it? This is why I invited Josh Elledge to join me inside this episode to talk about the biggest mistakes to avoid when it comes to integrating a podcast in your marketing strategy, and the number one thing you need to be doing with your podcast right now if your goal is growth.

And surprisingly? It’s not at all what you’d expect — but it’s going to be more important than ever so you don’t get left behind as the podcasting landscape continues to evolve and grow. Hit play and let’s dive in.

→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

You know when you listen to a podcast episode and you’re like, “This is creepy. It’s like they made this just for me. How did they know I needed this?! Are they in my brain?! Woah. HOW DID THEY KNOW?!"

Well. It’s me, hi. I’m doing it again. If you're wanting to know how to get more listeners to your podcast, this is going to help you BIG TIME. That’s because ~THE~ secret to a Top 100 podcast is knowing how to get inside the mind of your ideal listener and solving the very real problems that they have.

Simple, yes. Easy? well, let's just say thiiis is the part that trips most people up.

I call it learning how to speak your listener's language — and mastering this is what separates the Top 100 hosts from the wannabe podcasters who DIY'd their cover art, hit record, and called it a day.

So to save you 4+ years of figuring this out the hard way like I did, here's how to grab the attention of your listener like it's your FREAKING JOB.

(Get ready to pay attention and take some notes. I'm talking pens and pencils, people!)

Attracting more listeners to your podcast boils down to three simple-but-unconventional things. Ready to find out what they are? Hit play and let’s dive in.

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

If you’ve toyed with the idea of starting a podcast but haven’t started yours yet, maybe you’ve also wondered if there's a best or better time to start it.Then again, if you ask any top podcaster they’ll all tell you the same thing: I’m SO glad I started my podcast when I did.

So ~is~ there a best time to start a podcast? Sure, there IS some strategy that goes into launching your show effectively and I’m breaking all that down for you inside this episode.

But even more importantly, you’ll also learn the three things that determine podcast success (and why ‘right timing’ isn’t one of them).

Ready to stop overthinking and start podcasting? Hit play and let’s dive in.

Episode Links:

Previous episodes referenced: How to Rank Your Podcast in the Top 100

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

In our last episode, we talked about how if you’re struggling to convert listeners to leads from your podcast, it could be that you're unknowingly pushing people away with your number one tool for building trust as a podcaster — your voice.

So in this BONUS episode, I'm sharing a peek into a recent session with my own voice coach, Katherine Beck**. She's got an ear for calling out the subtle voice habits, and you’ll immediately be able to hear the impact that nonverbal communication has on your listener engagement in real-time.

As you listen to this episode, notice where you pay attention and where you start to tune me out — and get ready to take some serious notes so you can apply what Katherine teaches me to your own podcast, too.

Ready to uncover the secret sauce to being a Top 100 podcaster? Hit play and let’s dive in. Episode Links:

Katherine Beck, Speak on More Stages

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

SPOILER ALERT: A fancy mic won't make you a successful podcaster. (Okay, fine, maybe that’s obvious.)

But if you're currently not seeing the conversions you want from your podcast, it might have absolutely nothing to do with how good your microphone is or the quality of your content or how consistently you release episodes.

It could be that you're unknowingly pushing people away with your number one tool for building trust as a podcaster — your voice.

I don't mean that you somehow got forgotten at the back of the line the day God was handing out angelic voices. I'm talking about how your audience might be tuning you out because of something they're picking up on in your God-given voice.

Anxiety? They can sense it.

Self doubt? They can hear it.

Apologizing when you ask them to take any kind of action? Yup, you guessed it.

In this episode, you’re going to learn:

The impact of nonverbal communication on your listener engagement
How unconscious sounds in your voice can repel listeners without you realizing it
Why your beliefs and thoughts can impact the way your voice is received
A behind-the-scenes look at my own journey from struggling to hit six figures to being named among the top 1% of all podcasts globally simply by learning how to use my voice more effectively (and how you can do the same)
If you want a podcast that's worthy of being in the Top 100 and make meaningful change in the world through your voice, hit play and let’s dive in.

Episode Links:

Tracy Goodwin, Captivate the Room
Katherine Beck, Speak on More Stages

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

You know that feeling when it's the day before your next podcast episode is supposed to air and you find yourself staring at the keyboard wondering "Omg... what on earth am I going to talk about?!"I used to HARDCORE STRUGGLE with coming up with fresh content ideas on my topic when it felt like I'd already talked about everything under the sun — multiple times.

I had no clue that I was approaching it totally the wrong way, though.

Too often, podcast hosts (our clients included) think they have to resign themselves to the fact that coming up with content ideas after you've spent 142 episodes talking about everything there is to know about your topic is gonna be a soul-sucking slog from there on out.

When, really, your case of podcaster's block is actually caused by something else altogether (and once you realize what it is, you're gonna be like "Oh OKAY I can't believe I didn't see it before.”)

Trust me: creating a podcast that's FUN for you + interesting for your listener is about to get a whoooole lot easier. And once you see it, you'll be cranking out podcast episodes like the Energizer Bunny on steroids. Or with the peak energy of my six year old at 5:30 am every morning.

If you want to know my secret sauce for obliterating podcaster's block anytime it tries to rear its ugly head, hit play and let’s dive in.

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

“Do I need a big audience to be successful with a podcast?”It’s the question that keeps every aspiring podcaster up at night, and I get why — they see all these top podcasters with hundreds of thousands of followers on social media (and an email list worth envying) and assume that to be successful with a podcast, they need that too.

In fact most people think that people like Amy Porterfield and Tim Ferris and heck, Joe-freakin-Rogan are successful podcasters because they had a big audience when they started their show.

But nope. It's actually the other way around.

Being ultra-successful with a podcast isn’t about how big your audience is when you start. It's about knowing how to differentiate yourself to attract the right audience so thatyou can grow.

If you have a podcast right now that's not growing like you expected it to (OR) if you’re someone who wants to start a podcast this year and make sure it's successful from the jump...

You’re going to need to know what levers to pull to make sure your show stands out and gets the attention it deserves.

And in this episode, I'm breaking down the first step to doing exactly that. Hit play and let’s dive in.

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Is your podcast still bringing in fewer than 1000 downloads per episode? Do you want to start a podcast and avoid hitting the painful plateaus most podcasters hit by Episode 6?I hate to break it to you, but waiting around to hit that 1000+ downloads-per-episode milestone is the very thing keeping your podcast stuck.

Most hosts think, “As long as I’m consistent, my show will grow in time.”

But if the average show only brings in ~2000 total downloads per year, the REAL question is: how many years are you willing to work to finally start seeing the results you want? (No wonder most hosts quit after Episode 6.)

In this episode, we’re going behind the scenes of a recent client launch to show you one surprisingly simple shift that took this client from averaging ~30 dnl/episode to over 1000+/dnl per episode in a single day (and how you can too). Hit play and let’s dive in!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Choosing a podcast name that helps you stand out is the worst thing you can do for your podcast. (Wait, what?) Yep…

When most people try to find a podcast name that stands out, they unknowingly make one of four major mistakes that causes them to blend right in with everyone else.

If you really want to know how to choose an effective show title for your podcast that will attract new listeners on repeat, hit play and learn…

What no one tells you about naming a podcast
The 4 biggest mistakes people make when choosing a podcast name
Why you should NOT name your podcast after yourself (this is a BIG problem)
Why “having fun with it” and “incorporating your brand personality” won’t work when it comes to creating a podcast name
…and other common blunders to avoid when naming a podcast

By the time you finish this episode, you’ll know ~exactly~ how to choose a name for your podcast that gets more listeners clicking play (and whether it’s time to rename yours). Hit play and let’s dive in.

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Is your podcast cover art attracting potential new listeners, or are you unknowingly driving them away from your show?

Inside this episode, you’ll find out the answers to questions like,

What makes some podcast cover art more effective than others at attracting new listeners?
Should you use your photo on your cover art?
Do I really need to hire a professional graphic designer or can I get by with using Canva or Fiverr?
and more…

Plus I’ll reveal the results of a recent podcast cover art experiment our team did and show you three big-yet-sneaky mistakes to avoid when it comes to creating podcast cover artwork that stands out.

If you want to learn how to create riveting cover art that your ideal listeners can’t ignore, hit play and let’s dive in!

Links mentioned in this episode:

pickfu.com

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Have you ever spent hours planning a podcast episode that you KNOW is packed with value, but it gets less than <100 downloads when you publish it? (Frustrating, right?)In this episode, we’re breaking down the subconscious triggers that make listeners hit play — and why your episode titles matter more than you think they do.

Ready to learn how to title your podcast episodes to attract and engage new listeners so you can create an addictive podcast experience people can't stop raving about? Hit play and let’s dive in.

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

How important is your podcast avatar, really? Pretty important actually, if you want a Top 100 podcast that increases your listeners’ trust in you as the expert.
Inside this episode, you’ll learn why you need a podcast avatar, how specific you need to get with your avatar, and the easy hack that podcasting pros use to make your listener feel as if you’re talking only to them inside your episodes.

If you want to set yourself apart from 99% of other podcast hosts who aren’t doing this and get maximum listener engagement on your podcast, hit play and let’s dive in!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Most podcast hosts tend to think, “If my content is good enough, my show will naturally grow.” But unfortunately in the world of podcasting, content is NOT king.

Sure, content matters. It matters a lot actually, because the quality of your content is what ~keeps~ people listening.

But it doesn’t matter one bit if you can’t get listeners to listen to your episodes in the first place.

Inside this episode, I’m letting you listen in on my exclusive interview on thePodcast on Podcastingwhere I break down the five content gatekeepers that every listener has to experience before deciding whether to hit play on your show. If your listener can’t make it through all five of these gates you’ll lose them, and they’ll never hear how valuable your content actually is.

Ready to take your podcast from unheard to unforgettable? Hit play and let’s dive in.

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Sadly, the majority of people who start podcasts wind up putting in a LOT of work for very little result. (In fact, less than 2% of people who start podcasts actually succeed).

But don’t let those numbers deter you. Because if you’re committed to making your podcast work, then all you really need to know is how to put yourself in that 2%.

Inside this episode, I’m going to teach you one mind-blowingly simple strategy that’ll help you leverage your podcast to grow your email list, so you can start seeing a tangible return on all that time and effort you’re investing into your show.

So if you’re ready to have a podcast that grows week over week and converts listeners to clients on repeat, hit play and let’s dive in.

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Ever wonder why most podcasters call it quits after Episode 6, joining the 2.9 million in the Apple Graveyard? It's not because they didn’t have quality content or that there was too much competition.

The real reason is because they had zero strategy to hit the charts, making their podcasts virtually invisible to new listeners with no way to get discovered.

That’s why in this episode, you’ll learn…

The common mistakes entrepreneurs make when launching podcasts
Find out how these mistakes directly impact your podcast's ability to rank
Learn the little-known hack that will increase your podcast’s discoverability today so you can ensure your podcast’s growth long-term (keep this one on the DL though, will ya!? ;)

Ready to get more people discovering your podcast every day without spending any extra effort on marketing? Hit play and let’s dive in.

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Did you know there are 5 Content Gatekeepers your listeners must pass before hitting play on your episode? Nail this, and you'll stop potential fans from scrolling past your show.

In this episode, you’ll learn the secrets to create binge-worthy content that:

Subconsciously attracts new listeners to your show
Gets listeners choosing your podcast over your competition
Keeps your listeners listening through to the end of every episode
Compels listeners to reach out and ask, “How do I work with you!?”

Ready to create podcast content your listeners can’t ignore? Hit play and let’s dive in!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Whether you have a podcast you want to grow or you’re launching one for the first time, there are 3 secret ingredients you’re going to need if you want to get your show in the Top 100 in your category.

Hit play to find out what these ingredients are, how they function together, and (most importantly!) what’ll happen if you’re missing any one of them.
SPOILER ALERT:

Ingredient number 1 is the key to converting more listeners to leads…
Ingredient 2 has the most potential to get your show ranking on the charts…
Ingredient 3 is the surprising secret to long-term audience growth

Want to know what these ingredients are and how to incorporate them into your podcast (or podcast-to-be)? Hit play and let’s dive in!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

If you want to become the host of a Top 100 podcast, there are three key things you’re going to need (and nope, millions of downloads isn’t one of them).

In fact, ranking a podcast has absolutely nothing to do with the quality of your audio, the size of your audience, or your level of expertise either.

But before we can talk about what you need to do to get your show ranking every week, you first need to know what ~prevents~ most podcasters from ranking in the first place.

When you finish this episode, you’ll find out what’s causing your podcast to get overlooked and the specific mistakes you need to avoid if you want your show to get discovered by new listeners who need what you have to offer. Ready to become the host of a client-converting podcast your listeners can’t ignore? Hit play to find out how!

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

If you've been podcasting for at least a year or more but you're not see significant change in downloads month over month....

If you can't hit or haven't maintained more than 1000+ downloads a week no matter how much value you pack inside every episode...

If you've changed things like your cover art or show title within the last 6 months but still aren't seeing downloads increase or listeners convert to leads...

It might be time to look under the hood at what's really causing your plateau.

In this episode, find out the what + why behind our recent podcast rebrand, plus 4 signs it might be time to rebrand your podcast.

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

You’ve probably written your fair share of sales pages. But how are they converting?

If the answer is “not as well as I’d like it to!” then you’re in luck. Because the gifted Annie Ruggles is BACK this week with a special bonus episode where she breaks down exactly what to do to write a sales page that actually converts

When you listen, you’ll learn

The surprising reason why most sales pages flop
The secret to a sales page that actually makes people want to buy
The truth about testimonials: how to use them, and what to avoid
The brilliant “sandwich hack” that will increase clicks on every buy button
(and much more!)

Episode Links:

Get your FREE Sales Page Audit @anniepreneur
Website
Podcast

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Pop Quiz: Which page on your website is the hardest one to write?

If you answered About Pages, you’re right. GONE are the days where you could write a 14-paragraph monologue about the history of your entrepreneurial journey because guess what? No one cares.

There IS a right and a wrong way to write an About Page though. Annie Ruggles joins me on the show to clear up the confusion so you can learn how to write an About Page people actually want to read.

When you listen, you’ll learn:

3 common About Page mistakes that cause people to click away
How to identify the parts of your story people actually care about
The About Page Framework that keeps people reading
How much to include (and what to leave out)
(and more!)

Episode Links:

Get your FREE About Page Audit @anniepreneur
Website
Podcast

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

As an entrepreneur, there’s literally NOTHING more frustrating than hiring team members who don’t perform like you expected them to.
But is it their fault? Or is it because your team leadership skills need improvement? (Let’s be real — we ALL could use a little help when it comes to building high-functioning teams).

Matt Lesser has spent the past 20 years helping leaders like you build high-functioning teams in over 40+ countries. Today, he’s here to help you do the same. Listen now and learn:

Why your team is underperforming
The 3 principles of a high-functioning team
How to tell if your team members are unsatisfied
The team leadership styles that work best (and worst)
Which personality assessments to use (and which ones to avoid)

Episode Links:

Website
Email | Matt@UniquelyNormal.com
Book | Unsatisfied: When Less is More
Book | Unengaged: Build Flourishing Organizations

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Okay, we KNOW you’ve heard about limiting beliefs. (You're an online business owner, duh). But ~did you know~ your unconscious mind can influence how you look and how you sound to others?!Find out about the inner workings of your brain and the surprising impact it has on how your audience sees you. Listen in and learn:

The REAL reason your audience doesn’t feel connected to you
Two surprising ways your thoughts influence your online presence
How your unconscious mind can interfere with your ability to express yourself
PLUS: The biggest lesson learned from facing my own fear of rejection

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

If you’re tired of hearing “let me think about it” or “can you send me more info” at the end of a sales call — don’t skip this episode!

World-renowned sales expert Anthony Garcia is back this week to show you exactly how to position your pitch so you can close the sale on the call in integrity and get more prospects genuinely excited to work with you.

Listen now and learn:

How to effortlessly transition to the pitch
How to elevate your expertise and credibility during the pitch
Four psychological keywords you should include in your pitch
How to overcome objections before they happen and easily close the sale

Episode Links:

Catapulting Commissions Podcast
Visit Anthony’s Website
BONUS! Get a free copy of Anthony’s Book: Catapulting Commissions

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Did you know that low conversion rates could mean you aren’t actually speaking your prospect’s language? (even though we both know you totally think you are!)

This is a (very) common problem, and Anthony Garcia is here to help you solve it. As a world-renowned sales expert who built a team of over 100 sales reps at the age of 22, Anthony is going to teach you how to increase enrollments on your discovery calls by 50% or more with communication that converts.

AKA if you haven’t yet scaled your business to the point where you can outsource your sales and discovery calls, this episode is for you!

Listen now and learn:

Exactly what to say (and what NOT to say) on discovery calls
How to make a strong first impression on your prospect so you immediately earn their trust
Why you should avoid “coaching” during your discovery calls (and what to do instead)
The #1 mental shift you need to approach your discovery calls with confidence

Episode Links:

Catapulting Commissions Podcast
Visit Anthony’s Website

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

Is your business equipped to survive a recession?

As a financial analyst and consultant for some of today’s most-recognized brands, Alejandra Santos joins us today to walk you through the essential — but invisible — elements you need to build a recession-proof business so that you’re fully equipped to overcome unexpected financial setbacks.

Listen now and learn:

The #1 way to increase sales in a slow economy
How to make quick but wise decisions about your business finances
How to recognize (and take advantage of) opportunities during a recession
Why independent revenue streams can help you multiply your equity for a recession-proof business

Episode Links:

Connect with Alejandra on LinkedIn
StartupTandem.com

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

One thing that’s true about entrepreneurship is that the future is never certain.

If you’re experiencing a recent pivot in your business, this episode reveals the two things you can do to find clarity whenever you find yourself in a season of change or uncertainty.

Listen now and learn:

The real reason you’re unsure how to move forward in your business
Two things you can do to find clarity amidst a business pivot
How to tell when it’s time for your company to evolve
Why entrepreneurship often requires you to let go of something good to make room for something great

PLUS: Get a behind-the-scenes look at how we navigated a major pivot this year within our own company

Liked this episode? Share it and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

Love the show? Leave a reviewand let us know

Want our help to launch + grow your Top 100 podcast? Book a free strategy call and let's find out if we're a fit to work together.

NEW! Join me for our next NO-PITCH Live Workshop: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

Get instant access to the weekly Own Your Voice digital newsletterwith even more insider tips on how to rank and grow a Top 100 podcast that can converts your listeners to clients on repeat.

Connect with Courtney: Website | Instagram | Linked In

View Details

When you’re scaling a business from six to seven figures, there is nothing more frustrating than hiring people to take things off your plate only to have to step in and fix the problems you hired them to solve for you.

JM Ryerson is here today to help you learn how to build a high-performing team who actually meets their KPIs, takes initiative, and does the work you hired them to do so you can get the support you need and stay focused on what matters most.

Listen now and learn:

The 3 core things you MUST include in every single job description
The counterintuitive interview strategy to instantly determine someone’s level of integrity
How to avoid the Helicopter CEO Trap that’s crushing your team’s morale and impacting your revenue
How to actually let go of the work you’ve been afraid to let go of and build a high-performing team you can trust

Episode Links:

Drive by Daniel Pink
Upgrade by JM Ryerson
Let’s Go Win by JM Ryerson
LetsGoWin.com
Let’s Go Win Podcast
@letsgowin365

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us

Let's Go Win: The Keys To Living Your Best Life

View Details

When you started your entrepreneurial journey, did you dream of creating a 6- or 7-figure business, all while working fewer hours with more flexibility?For many business owners, that’s the ultimate goal, but oftentimes the reality of building and sustaining a 7-figure business isn’t quite what they pictured.

No one knows this better than today’s guest, Sara Wiles, a successful 7-figure business owner, who’s here to share the lessons she learned the hard way, so you don’t have to. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

The biggest myths about growing a 7-figure business that no one tells you
The thing that royally screwed up Sara’s journey to building a 7-figure business
How you can scale your business — without losing yourself or your sanity in the process

Connect with Sara:

Website
VA Matchmaking
Instagram
TikTok

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

How are you currently using your voice to make a difference in the world?

As an entrepreneur, you may not often think about the power of using your voice, but it truly is one of our greatest tools — and one that far too many people underutilize.

Today, I’m sharing my journey to using my voice more effectively and, most importantly, how and why you should do this, too.
Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

Why using your voice matters now and for future generations
How using your voice will set you apart as a thought leader
The way to use your voice more effectively now to grow your legacy

Get the book mentioned in this episode: Hidden Messages in Water by Dr. Masaru Emoto

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

Do you suffer from a work addiction?

You may not think of yourself as an addict, but addiction is rampant among entrepreneurs — especially addiction to our businesses, and it’s this work addiction that’s keeping you from the freedom and fulfillment you crave.

Today’s guest, Samuel Smith, is here to share how he lost TWO seven-figure businesses and his marriage because of addiction, AND how he’s built back his life with the right fundamentals and stewardship to ensure long-term success.

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

Why work addiction is the hidden addiction that entrepreneurs are most susceptible to
The biggest misconceptions about building a 7-figure business
The 4 levels of entrepreneurship and how to identify which one you’re in
The highest ROI activities every entrepreneur needs to focus on to avoid work addiction and still succeed

Connect with Samuel:

Podcast
Website
Instagram
Linked In

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

How many entrepreneurs do you know with high-functioning anxiety?

This number is likely a lot higher than you think because, unlike other forms of anxiety, high-functioning anxiety is easy to hide, but this hiding often leads to worse things down the road.

That’s why today, I asked Dr. Hayden Finch to join us and share how to navigate anxiety as a business owner while also maintaining a successful entrepreneurial journey.

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

The surprising root causes of burnout
7 signs you have high-functioning anxiety
How to overcome high-functioning anxiety as an entrepreneur and still have a thriving business

Surface Pressure from “Encanto” by Jessica Darrow

Connect with Dr. Hayden:

Website
Book: The Psychology of Procrastination

Book: The 12-Week Journal to Change Your Habits

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

Habits: A 12-Week Journal to Change Your Habits, Track Your Progress, and Achieve Your Goals

The Psychology of Procrastination: Understand Your Habits, Find Motivation, and Get Things Done

View Details

What does it take to have a top 100 podcast?

It’s no surprise that ranking as a top 100 podcast can be game-changing for your business, but for many entrepreneurs getting there feels like a pipe dream.

Today, I’m sharing why it’s 100% achievable for you as I break down my proven podcasting methodology that’s helped successfully launch and rank this podcast and dozens of others!

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

Why having a top 100 podcast can generate massive sales for your business
How I’ve helped over four dozen coaches and consultants launch and rank their top 100 podcasts
The way you can apply my methods to your podcast, too

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

What does a championship mindset have to do with being an entrepreneur?

In business ownership, occasional failures and missteps are inevitable, and with a championship mindset, you can embrace these challenges as stepping stones to your success.

And today’s guest, Cam Awesome, America's #1 Heavyweight Boxer, is here to help as he reveals his proven secrets to building mental toughness and confidence!

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

The “Experience Quotient” (EQ) that every entrepreneur needs as they develop their championship mindset
Why focusing on the outcome is a recipe for failure (and what to do instead)
The truth about confidence and how to strengthen yours

Connect with Cam:

Watch Counterpunch on Netflix
Website
Twitter
Instagram
Linked In

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

As an entrepreneur, how often do you overcommit yourself?

I’ll be the first to admit there have been times I’ve opened my Google calendar, and the proof of overcommitment was staggering.

This is a sin most business owners are guilty of, but today, we’re talking about how to conquer it before it sabotages your success (and your happiness!).

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

The evidence and effects of overcommitment in your life and business
What’s at the root of your people-pleasing tendencies and how to stop
The two things you can do today to overcome the habit of overcommitting

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

What costly entrepreneur mistakes are you making in your business?

I hate to admit it, but there have been some entrepreneur mistakes I’ve made on repeat — and one in particular that kept me from reaching my revenue goals for FIVE years!

In this second part of our deadly business sins series, I’m revealing what that mistake was and how you can move past it, too.

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

One of the most common entrepreneur mistakes and why it’s so bad for your business
Entrepreneur mistakes I’ve made and what was really behind them
How to take your next steps toward the success you crave

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

What are your biggest business mistakes since becoming an entrepreneur?

While many slipups can derail your dreams, three common business mistakes keep many entrepreneurs from having a larger impact.

This week is the first in a three-part series where I’m unveiling the three deadly entrepreneurial sins sabotaging your success.

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

The business mistakes I’ve made — usually without even knowing it
Opportunities you have right now and why these common business mistakes could keep you from taking advantage of them
The reason most of us delay making decisions and what happens as a result

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

How would you describe the visual identity of your brand?Your visual identity is one of the most important parts of your business because from the split-second someone encounters your brand, they’re unconsciously deciding whether they want to hear more from you.

Thankfully, today’s guest, Sheila Anderson, is an expert at helping businesses elevate their visual presence to raise the value of their brand, and she’s here to share her secrets with you! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

How to know what your brand is conveying with your current visual identity
Why even the colors you wear are either attracting or repelling your perfect client
The way to harness your brand’s visual identity to charge what you’re worth and become a respected thought leader

Connect with Sheila:

Her website
On Instagram, @imagepowerplay

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

How good are you at time management?While time management may not seem like one of the most important skills to learn as an entrepreneur, it’s something that can make or break your growth.

We only have so many hours in the day, and today, I’m sharing how you can make the most of this limited resource. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

Why time management is so essential if you want to scale
How to tap into the unlimited resources you have as a business owner
The time management method I use and how to harness its power for your business, too

Recommended Reading:

Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

How often have you considered adding an online course to your offers?

Maybe you already have an online course, and it tanked, OR you’re worried about putting all of that time and effort into something that won’t bring an ROI.

The truth is many people fail to get results with a course, but with help from today’s guest, Jasmine Jonte, you can beat the odds and find incredible success with your online course!

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

How to scale a business with an online course that’s as binge-worthy as Netflix
Why most digital business courses fail to deliver results and what you should do differently
The 3 biggest reasons you should outsource part or all of your course creation

Connect with Jasmine:

Jasminejonte.com
jasminejonte.com/netflix

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

When was the last time the fear of failure had you questioning if it was time to burn down your business?

As entrepreneurs, the fear of failure and the overwhelm it brings affects ALL of us at some point.

Today’s guest, Laura Meyer, knows this firsthand, and she’s here to share how those dark valleys are the most fertile ground for the success and growth

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

How Laura has repeatedly faced the fear of failure and still managed to scale seven different 6- and 7-figure businesses
Her best tools for helping you overcome the fear of failure in your business and how to know when it’s time to pivot
Why it’s not the big decisions but the small decisions you make every day that have the greatest impact on your success

Connect with Laura:

Website
Podcast
Instagram

Recommended Reading:

Book: The Dip by Seth Godin
Book: Win Win by Laura Meyer

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

The Dip: A Little Book That Teaches You When to Quit (and When to Stick)

View Details

What goal are you currently putting on the back burner in your online business?

As entrepreneurs, we’ve all been guilty of holding out for the perfect timing to take that next step in our online business, but if you wait too long, you WILL miss out.

If you’re ready to become a respected thought leader in your industry, it’s time for action, and I’m here to help you take it!

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

How to break free from the trap of perfection as an online business owner
Why there’s no one “right” way to run your online business
What you can do today to stop postponing your life, your dreams, and your online business goals

Support the show_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

What about your current brand identity draws in the most people?

Marketing experts say you need professional photos, brand colors, a logo, compelling content, a gorgeous website, and so much more, but these things aren’t the real secret to creating a binge-worthy brand.

Today’s guest, Jay Jay, is trusted by some of the most notable brands in history, and he’s here to reveal how you can build a brand people can’t get enough of!

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

How Jay created his brand identity as a magician that led him to 57 million views on YouTube
Why your presence is your greatest marketing tool
The way you can build a brand people will rave about

Connect with Jay:

Ace of Spades Agency
Instagram
LinkedIn

_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

What are a few words to describe your mindset recently?

If you’ve been going through a tough season, it’s easy to feel like everything is hard and to allow yourself to slip into survival mode.

Today’s guest, Fitz Koehler, knows firsthand what it's like to face unexpected obstacles, and she reveals how she took back control over her mental health and came out stronger.

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

Why your current mindset is causing you to feel trapped
What you need to do to get out of survival mode
How how to face adversity head-on so you can reclaim your mental health and get back in the driver's seat of your life

Connect with Fitz:

Books
Instagram
LinkedIn
YouTube

_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

**How many more courses or certifications do you need to become an expert and thought leader in your niche?

The correct answer is NONE.**

No matter where you are in your online business journey, if you’re ready to own your expertise and finally write that book, host that podcast, or give that Ted Talk, this one is for you! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

Why most of the thought leaders you follow don’t know more than you
What these online business owners did differently to set themselves apart
The simple way you can become an expert in your niche before reading another book, getting another certificate, or taking another class

_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

How much audience growth have you seen in the last 60 days?If you answered “very little” or “none,” you’re not alone. Many digital business owners are marketing themselves everywhere, only to be met with the same results.

Today, I’m chatting with expert Gary Arndt about why all those complicated business growth strategies don’t work and the one thing you need to catapult your brand. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

How Gary created massive audience growth for his brand during the pandemic
The one tool he used that’s more powerful than all of your current marketing and business growth strategies combined
How you can use this tool in your digital business now

Connect with Gary:

Podcast
Website

_____________

Liked this episode? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love the show? Write a 5-star review— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

How confident do you feel about setting goals?If you’re like me (and most online entrepreneurs), you’ve set and failed to meet many goals since opening your business.

But meeting goals doesn’t have to feel hopeless when you know how to set them the right way, and that’s exactly what today’s guest, Alden Mills, teaches us in this conversation. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

The real reason some online entrepreneurs are always meeting goals while others struggle to even set them
The seemingly hidden things you have to know before setting goals in your business
Why you can’t stop dreaming and how to accomplish your dreams using your own personal positivity gym

Connect with Alden

Download the GoalBud app
YouTube
Twitter
LinkedIn
Instagram

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

What if you could double your revenue with just one simple habit?

If you're struggling to meet your online business goals, listen up. This isn't another routine that you've heard a million times before.

In fact, it's the single habit that transformed my business, and can do the same for you.

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

The surprisingly simple habit that doubled my business revenue
Why your current morning routine or deep breathing exercises won't cut it when it comes to overcoming unexpected entrepreneurial challenges
How this approach will give you the edge you need to succeed in the digital business space

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

When you started your digital business, did you begin with the end in mind?I know I didn’t, but as entrepreneurs trying to grow a business, it’s important to consider how your business will one day run without you.

Today’s guest, Nate Lind is here to share the best ways to build passive income into a business that could be sold. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

How to grow a business and increase its value
Where you should look if you want to create more passive income
What NOT to do if you want to build a digital business that can run without you

Connect with Nate:

natelind.com/gift

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

What problems are you currently experiencing in your online business?You may not believe it, but these problems could be THE key to unlock your potential.

This week, I walk you through a simple exercise to help you explore what keeps you stuck as you try to grow a business AND how to move past it! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

The surprising question my therapist asked me and the way it can help you unlock your potential
An easy exercise to uncover what is holding you back in your online business
The way to embrace your problems and grow a business because of them — not despite them

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

What was the last unexpected thing that got in the way of running and growing your business?Whether it was the internet going down or sickness running through your household (again), the fact is there will always be unexpected challenges as a digital business owner.

And while you can’t stop the unexpected from happening, you can find new ways to navigate it that will make all of the difference for your business — AND for your mental health. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

The details of my recent trip to the ER with my son and other unexpected events that have affected my life as a mom and a digital business owner
The tips that will allow you to keep growing your business when life gets challenging
Why looking for the good is necessary — especially for your own mental health

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

How would you define insecure attachment?Even if you know what this style of attachment is, you’ve likely never thought about how it relates to your ability to run and grow a business successfully.

In this episode, Tracy Crossley walks you through the insecure attachment styles that keep you from getting what you want in your online business and your life — plus, she’s revealing how to overcome them! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

What insecure attachment styles are and examples of how they show up in your work
Why insecure attachment prevents you from moving through adversity and makes you fragile — both in your personal life and your online business
How to understand your patterns and triggers, so you can become unstoppable as you grow a business

Connect with Tracy:

tracycrossley.com

tracycrossley.com/podcast

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

As an online business owner, which of these pillars are you currently excelling at: marketing, selling, or fulfillment (aka onboarding new people into your offers and programs)?If you’re like most digital entrepreneurs, you’re good at one or two of these crucial components of success, but you’ve yet to master all three.

Well, today’s guest, Michael Marical, reveals how having your very own TEDx talk can help you with all three in one fell swoop! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

How Michael went from living in his car to bringing in tens of millions of dollars in new offline and online business
Why having one 15-minute TEDx Talk can do more for your marketing and lead generation than thousands of hours on Instagram or TikTok
How you can begin to hone your big idea, clarify your message, and share that message with the world

Connect with Thought-Leader:

thought-leader.com
thought-leader.com/TEDxmasterclass

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

What monthly income do you wish you made in your online business?No matter your goal, something is limiting you from getting there.

In this episode, we will explore the surprising truths that are getting in your way as you try to grow a business.

Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

Why you are not the one limiting your growth — despite what you’ve been told
The simple 5-step process to uncover what’s actually holding you back
How to use this process to grow a business to 5-figure (and even 6-figure) months

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

When was the last time you experienced a major breakthrough as an online business owner?For me, the biggest breakthroughs always follow breakdowns in my life.

The truth is there’s so easy-button way out of challenges, but in today’s podcast, I’m sharing what happens when you persist through them and develop antifragility as a result! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The recent breakdown I experienced and what it has meant for me as an online business owner
How to increase your capability to grow a business and thrive as a result of stressors, chaos, and mistakes — not in spite of them
What antifragility is and how it will change your life and business

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips and ways to overcome the challenges you face as an entrepreneur and how to thrive because of them.

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

How many hours of productivity has your inbox cost you?For most digital business owners, it’s too many to count!

But that stops here... If you’re ready to reign in your email and get back TONS of time as an online entrepreneur, this episode is for you.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

Practical inbox strategies for reclaiming your time and increasing your productivity
A simple system to streamline your email workflow as an online entrepreneur
The automated email that changed everything in our digital business

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

On a scale from 1 to 10, how clear is your current team communication?It’s easy in a digital business for endless email chains and cluttered group chats to leave everyone feeling overwhelmed and unorganized.

That’s why in this week's episode, I’m giving you the hidden gems you need to streamline your communication and increase your productivity within your team. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The best way to establish (and maintain) clear team communication
Why it’s essential in a digital business for your team to communicate well with you and with each other
The reason my team uses Slack for communication and the bonus hacks we’ve discovered that have increased our productivity

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

Do you have trouble admitting when you need to hire help in your online business?Even before becoming an entrepreneur, recognizing when I needed help was a huge struggle, but eventually, I had to learn how to do it.

In this episode, I share the practical first steps I took to get the help that ultimately allowed me to grow a business to 6 figures — while working just 20 hours a week. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The reason all visionary leaders have to eventually hire help
Why you can grow a business faster when you know how to ask for help
The signs that mean it’s time to hire help in your online business

If this inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

Be honest... how are you really doing?As an online entrepreneur, this road is hard sometimes, but finding a way to overcome setbacks is essential — not just for the sake of your digital business, but for YOU as a human.

That’s why today, we’re exploring my proven solution to dealing with unexpected challenges and the unique opportunity that waits for you inside every adversity. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

About the challenges I’ve been facing recently in my life and digital business
A method I’ve developed to overcome setbacks called the resiliency principle
Why it’s imperative that you, as an online entrepreneur, learn this now

For my visual friends,click here to check out the anti-fragility imageI mention in this episode.

If this episode inspires you,leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

—

Want to launch a top-ranked podcast of your own? We have a brand new sister podcast feed coming soon: PodLaunch. Stay tuned for details!

Like this show? Pay it forward and share it with a friend.

Love this show? Write a 5-star review on Apple— even one sentence helps us keep bringing you the content you want to hear.

More from Courtney:

Website: theeffortlesslife.co
Instagram: @thecourtneyelmer

View Details

What was the last thing you posted online that went completely unseen, unheard, or unengaged with?Because, as online entrepreneurs, we’ve ALL been there! And when you’re working hard to grow a business, nothing feels worse or more defeating.

That’s where today’s guest, Brandon Lucero, comes in. He’s here to reveal the biggest content mistakes you’re making AND what to do instead! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The common content mistakes almost all online entrepreneurs make — no matter how far along they are in their businesses
How to add value without giving more information in your content
The fastest way to increase engagement, build an audience, and grow a business

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

As an online business owner, how would you describe yourself?Whatever your answer was, I’m guessing the word “genius” wasn’t a part of it — but if you want to grow a business in a fulfilling way, it’s time to admit that’s what you are!

And today’s guest, Gay Hendricks, is here to help you identify your unique zone of genius AND how you can move past the fears that keep you from embracing it. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

What the “Upper Limit problem” is and how it’s keeping you from living the full expression of your zone of genius
The three other zones we tend to get trapped in, particularly as online business owners, when we deny our genius and settle for ‘good enough’
Practical steps you can take to identify your unique genius that will help you grow a business today

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

As a digital business owner, how do you solve your potential customer’s problem?

Last week, I revealed that your future clients view everything through the lens of their current problem, and in order to speak to them effectively in your marketing, you HAVE to understand this.

Now, I’m taking you a step further and showing you how to put this concept into action to increase sales for your business now.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The difference between what you offer as a digital business owner and what you sell — and why this difference matters!
What you have to teach people in your marketing
Why you don’t need to fabricate urgency to increase sales in your business

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

When your business isn’t bringing in the clients you need, do you question your programs or your marketing of those programs?

For many digital business owners, if they aren’t making sales, they automatically go to offering something new.

Today, I’m sharing why this is the wrong approach and the subtle yet simple marketing idea you can implement now to sell out your current services!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

What you HAVE to understand about your potential customers before you start marketing to them
The easiest way to increase sales without changing a single thing about your offers
How other digital business owners are using this marketing idea to max out their programs and waitlists

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

What are your revenue goals for this year?
Most digital business owners kick off January with some BIG goals, and if this is you, listen up!

Because today, I’m spelling out the five obstacles that can keep you from hitting your goals and hinder your ability to grow a business in 2023. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The reasons you may have missed the mark with last year’s revenue goals
The five mistakes that keep most digital business owners from upping their income
What really makes the difference if you want to grow a business to 6 or 7 figures this year

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

What was the last New Year’s Resolution you actually kept as an online business owner?If you’re drawing a blank, you’re in good company!

There’s a reason why today’s industry leaders don’t make them AND why you should abandon this practice too if you want to hit your goals and grow a business in the new year. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The New Year’s Resolutions I made in the first few years of my business and why I never accomplished them
The key difference between setting goals and hitting goals as an online business owner
Why your current goal setting methods are only good in theory and what actually has to change if you want to grow a business this year

10 Reasons You Should Ditch New Year's Resolutions
Also, be sure to grab a copy of Atomic Habits!
If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones

View Details

How many different marketing and business growth strategies did you try this year only to still fall short of your revenue goals?Whatever the number, you aren’t alone in your efforts or your disappointment... AND it’s not your fault.

The real reason you can’t get on top of things in your business is because you’re lacking the four key business systems that ALL companies need to thrive — no matter their size, industry, or niche. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The way to stop spinning your wheels with marketing that no one seems to want
Four SIMPLE systems that are foundational to all other business growth strategies
An understanding of WHY these business systems are so essential and how they work together to help you grow

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

How comfortable are you when it comes to taking steps to grow your team?For many online business owners, the idea of bringing more people into their company can be daunting.

But if you want to grow a business successfully, finding the right people at the right time to support you is a necessity — and that’s exactly what today’s guest, Jodi Flynn, is here to help us unpack! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why you’ve been able to achieve some of your goals as an online business owner, but not others
The biggest thing keeping you from taking the steps needed to grow your team
How to ensure every goal you set is aligned with your skills and strengths

To get a copy of Jodi’s five key questions to ask yourself to evaluate your current belief systems,click here.
If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

How many times have you caught yourself overthinking things in your online business today?
Overthinking is something we ALL experience as digital business owners and honestly, it’s what keeps us stuck!

Surprisingly though, the answer is NOT learning how to stop overthinking — and that’s exactly what we’re diving into with today’s episode. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The key to stop overthinking (HINT: It’s not what you’d expect!)
Why trying to always make the right decision in your online business is actually slowing your growth
The reason digital business owners have to be more flexible than bigger corporations

If this inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

What have your conversion rates been like this year in your online business?If you feel like, despite your best marketing efforts, you’re still falling short, listen up because I’m sharing the secret behind our latest launch and why it was such a huge success!

In this episode, I’m revealing the biggest shift we made in our social media and email marketing and how you can apply this to your business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

Why our online business’s latest launch saw way more engagement and results than previous launches
What you need to focus on in your marketing now
Examples of how you can make simple but highly effective shifts in everything from your social media to your email marketing

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

As an online business owner, how many years have you gone into the holiday season saying, “This time will be different. I’ll balance the busyness AND finish the year strong!”?Truthfully, this was always my hope, but rarely my reality as I tried to grow a business AND juggle everything else.

Until I learned that the key was NOT managing your time, but rather managing your ENERGY — and this is exactly what I’m breaking down for you today!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why learning to manage your energy is the secret sauce to getting through not just the holidays, but any busy or unexpected season
The two types of time you have and why understanding them can help you grow a business
What you have control over as an online business owner and how to harness it

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

What is one marketing asset in your online business that you’re not currently tapping into? (HINT: You already have this in your possession!)

If you’re not sure what the answer is, this episode is where you need to be!

Today’s guest, Grant Baldwin is an expert at helping people share their meaningful messages with the masses as they also grow a business (he’s actually the one who gave me the courage to do this!). BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

How to show up as a voice of authority as an online business owner
The way to make your marketing content more engaging and relatable
How to exponentially grow a business as you reach new audiences with your message

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

As a digital entrepreneur, how often do you feel like you’re running your business by the seat of your pants?

The more scattered you feel in your business, the more you also feel like your dream of learning how to earn more and work less just isn’t possible.

Thankfully, today’s guest, Kate Erickson, is here to share with you that it’s not only possible, but she’s giving you the inside scoop on the business systems you need to get there!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The 3 things you need as a digital entrepreneur before you can put a content system in place
Calendar hacks that show you how to earn more and work less by saving you HOURS of time each week
One of the business systems you absolutely need if you want to run your company like a 7-figure entrepreneur

Connect with Kate on Instagram @katelerickson.

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

As an online entrepreneur trying to grow a business, what does success look like for you?

For most of us, it’s not about a bigger paycheck (although, that definitely doesn’t hurt!), it’s also about the greater influence we can have.

Jordan Harbinger, a former lawyer turned 7-figure entrepreneur and prolific podcaster, definitely knows a thing or two about success, and today, he’s sharing the secrets behind how to grow a business and create a massive impact in the process. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

Why it’s so important as an online entrepreneur to be devoted to your craft
The REAL reason you may not currently be finding the success you want
How to grow a business and create a life you’re proud of with a single daily step

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

What business systems do you currently have to support your visibility?

Whether they call it a “visibility system” or not, ALL visionary leaders have a marketing plan for consistently and authentically showing up in their space.

And this week, I’m sharing my visibility system that will help you win the organic marketing game, position yourself as a recognized authority, and start getting the leads and sales you deserve!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

What being “more visible” actually means and how the visionary leaders you follow create their business systems to do this
How you can begin marketing and showing up consistently so you will be seen as the go-to expert in your niche
The way to keep your name in front of people without having to be physically present online every single day (THIS is a game changer!)

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Register for the workshop HERE!

Coming up this October 24, 25, and 26 I’m hosting a FREE, no-pitch workshop where I’m going to show you why podcasting is such a powerful tool to grow your business, and the three ingredients you need to launch a top-ranked podcast that positions you as a respected TL in your niche and drives traffic and sales to your business on AP. Register now at sms.co/workshop

View Details

How often do you post social media content, but feel like it falls flat?It’s not just you... Today, we’re talking about why social media is the WORST way to grow a business and an audience!

So, if your goal is to grow a highly engaged online community and generate leads and sales consistently for your business, this episode is for you. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The surprising reason you're tanking your growth and engagement — without even knowing it
Why social media content is the WORST way to grow a business and your following
Characteristics of short-term lead generation solutions versus long-term ones — and which one is actually better for your business

If this episode inspires you,leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Register for the workshop HERE!

Coming up this October 24, 25, and 26 I’m hosting a FREE, no-pitch workshop where I’m going to show you why podcasting is such a powerful tool to grow your business, and the three ingredients you need to launch a top-ranked podcast that positions you as a respected TL in your niche and drives traffic and sales to your business on AP. Register now at sms.co/workshop

View Details

How consistent is the current lead generation in your business?

If you’re like most of the online business owners in my community, you have SO much to offer your people, but you’re OVER creating endless social media content that doesn’t produce results.

That’s why this week, I’m kicking off a new series that reveals the exact marketing strategies our team has used to double social engagement, 3x the growth of our list, increase our open rates, AND boost our revenue to steady five-figure months. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

My personal experience with the organic strategies most online business owners try
The 3 major mistakes causing you and your marketing efforts to get overlooked in your niche
Why you HAVE to start creating more social media content than you consume

If this inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

How many major sales mistakes have you made as you’ve tried to grow a business?

You may not think it’s very many, but in today’s episode, we’re uncovering surprising missteps that could be tanking your ability to earn more money and causing you to repel potential clients.

Internationally recognized sales trainer Jeremy Miner is here to give you the insider secrets that today’s top online entrepreneurs use to close more sales.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

What it means to be a problem finder — and why this is so essential to the sales process
The key difference between selling and making an offer
The biggest sales mistakes online entrepreneurs make that keep them from generating the income they want as they grow a business

Then, if you’re ready for more from Jeremy,Join his Facebook Group (and get some free resources while you’re there!).

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

You’ve seen lots of information floating around on how to start a podcast, but how do you know if podcast marketing is really is for you?

Maybe you’re afraid of the tech or of not coming across like an expert, OR maybe you’re afraid of wasting time on something that might not be successful.

I get it, and that’s why today, I’m sharing a recent interview I did on Ken Westgaard’s show, the OMG I’m Launching podcast, that dives deep into the perfect candidates for podcasting (and what I share may just surprise you)!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

How to tell if you or your business is ready for a podcast
My proven strategy for how to start a podcast and how to launch it — something I rarely teach outside of private workshops
What you need to do if you want to be truly successful at podcast marketing

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

When was the last time life got in the way of you hitting your goals?

We’ve all been there, but it can feel especially frustrating when you’re a highly-driven online business owner who has big dreams.

Thankfully, today’s guest, Hal Elrod, is here to help you solve that problem once and for all as he shares secrets to hitting your goals that go far beyond the standard goal setting and productivity hacks you’re tried.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The surprisingly simple reason you haven’t been hitting your goals — even if you’ve tried every productivity hack in the book
3 fail-proof secrets for achieving goals as an online business owner, no matter what life is throwing at you
The #1 reason you need a personal system for self-growth and development

Then, if you’re ready for more from Hal Elrod, be sure to check out his book,The Miracle Morningand theMiracle Morning app. You can also connect with him on Instagramor at hiswebsite.
If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

The Miracle Morning: The 6 Habits That Will Transform Your Life Before 8AM

View Details

As an online business owner, what are you currently experiencing imposter syndrome about?

Whatever it is — we’ve all been there, but the thing is, imposter syndrome is NOT what’s actually keeping you stuck.

In this episode, we’re looking at what today’s current thought leaders are doing differently and how you can start growing your business using this same approach.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

Why it’s NOT imposter syndrome that’s keeping you stuck
The 3 biggest fears that prevent you from growing your business
One of the most pivotal mistakes overlooked online business owners make (and what to do instead)

If this episode inspires you,leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

Who’s your favorite expert to start a podcast?

Leaders across all industries share phenomenal content and business ideas on their own shows and if you’re not currently one of these leaders, it’s time to consider why.

If it’s because you don’t see yourself as an expert in your niche, today’s guest, Alex Sanfilippo is here to share why that’s okay AND why you should dive into podcast marketing anyway! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The biggest mistakes people make when they start a podcast (and how to avoid them)
Two things you need to know before using podcast marketing
How to turn your podcast idea into an actionable plan

Contact Alex Sanfilippo:Instagram | Facebook | WebsiteIf this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

Did you start your online business with the dream of being your own boss, only to wake up one day and realize you’re working harder now than ever before?If you answered yes, chances are you’re an overworked entrepreneur who’s lacking one of the four key systems needed to build a business that runs on autopilot… not one that runs you.

Time, energy, and effort are limited resources, so when you depend solely on these to scale a business, you cap your income, influence, and impact.

But true visionary leaders operate differently, because they know that inconsistent lead flow and revenue isn’t a reflection of your messaging, your expertise, or your skillset — it’s a problem that goes much deeper, and (lucky for you) is a simple fix.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

Why most people don’t understand what the word “growth” really means
The REAL reason your business growth has plateaued (HINT: it’s not the ‘fear of failure’ or ‘fear of success')
The number one thing you need to run a successful business (that most entrepreneurs aren’t doing)
PLUS: the (hard) question you’ll need to ask yourself + answer if you want to experience more freedom in your life and business

Contact Dr. Christine Li:
Website
Instagram

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

How many of the people you attract with your current marketing are the right people for your brand?

When you’re trying to grow a business, simply getting more eyes on your social media content doesn’t cut it!

The key to real growth is to grab the attention of your ideal audience and that’s exactly what today’s guest, Deirdre Tshien is here to help you do!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

8 mental models that will help you cut through the marketing noise and grab the attention of your ideal people
The simple “Honey Trap” system you can use with your social media content to convert more of your followers into leads
Why attracting an aligned audience is the secret to grow a business

Contact Deirdre Tshien:
Website
Instagram
Join Capsho

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

When you list your top three struggles as an online business owner, does lead generation make the cut?
If your answer is, “YES!!”, you’re not alone!

Today’s guest, Christina Jandali, is an expert when it comes to business growth strategies and she’s worked with thousands of entrepreneurs across the globe to teach them how to scale a business using organic leads.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The #1 reason lead generation can feel like such a struggle for online entrepreneurs
Which business growth strategies you should be focusing on for your specific business
How to scale a business quickly with niching

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

What business systems are you currently using in your company?

If you’ve struggled to implement effective systems as an online entrepreneur, know that you’re not alone!

Today’s guest, Allison Williams is here to help you systemize your operations and grow your revenue, so you can have more time to focus on what you love and finally become the visionary leader in your business!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

How business systems allowed Allison to turn her start-up into a multi-million dollar business in 3.5 years
The systems all online entrepreneurs should get in place ASAP, no matter what stage of business you’re in
How to fire yourself from the day-to-day tasks so you can start leading your business as the visionary leader

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

View Details

How often do you sit down to work on your email marketing and instead just stare at the endless blinking cursor on your screen?

As an online business owner, you know you should be sending emails to your list, but when you finally do, they frequently fall flat.

This week, I’m talking with Conversion Copywriter, Sara Powers and she’s giving us the inside scope on all things emails PLUS the email marketing tips you need now!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

How to master the email marketing tips you need to recession-proof your business
The psychology of messaging and how to use it for email marketing that converts
The online business owner’s complete guide to selling more of your products, programs, or services through email

To get a copy of the free copywriting guide Anna mentioned inside this episode, visit:https://annapowers.lpages.co/guide/

To get on the waitlist to be notified when Anna’s copywriting training program re-opens, visit: https://annapowers.lpages.co/clickworthy-copywriting-certification-2022-priority-notification/

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

How many of your recent marketing ideas have fallen flat despite your best efforts?

Marketing and visibility for digital business owners are HARD and if they’re something you struggle with, know that you’re not alone.

Today, I’m joined by the infamous John Lee Dumas — one of the most successful podcasters of all time — as he shares why podcasting is THE key to making consistent revenue and how to grow a podcast for your business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The marketing ideas that allowed John to take his podcast from zero to eight figures in just a few short years
The hardest lessons he learned along the way (and what they mean for other digital business owners)
How he became one of the most well-known podcasters in the entrepreneurial space — and how you can grow a podcast too

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Does your current visibility system include podcast marketing?

If not, it’s time to consider not just how to start a podcast, but how an intentional, well-positioned podcast can massively change your business.

This week, I’m sharing an interview I did with Katherine Beck on her globally ranked show where I spell out why I started my podcast and why you need one too if you want to grow a business exponentially over the next 3-5 years.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why I started my podcast and why I firmly believe in the power of podcast marketing
How to start a podcast so that you can be seen as an expert in your niche
The REAL truth about social media (and why it’s a waste of your time when trying to grow a business)

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When was the last time you thought about the customer experience in your business?

In the midst of a recession, it’s essential to examine ALL of your business systems and processes to ensure that you not only survive these harder economic times, but grow despite them.

Today, I’m talking with Jared Loman, VP of customer experience at Kajabi, to find out their secret sauce for creating a stellar customer experience, and why this is so important for online business owners.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The simplest way to create more revenue in your business this month WITHOUT creating new offers or raising your prices
What it’s costing you (in real revenue) NOT to have a deliverability system as one of your key business systems
How online business owners make or break their customer experience and their ability to retain clients and earn referrals

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Be honest... When was the last time you compared yourself to other online business owners?

As entrepreneurs, all too often your biggest roadblock to success is YOU and that’s exactly where intentional implementation comes in!

This week, I’m chatting with Forbes-Featured small business expert, Stacy Tuschl about how to quiet the mind chatter that’s getting in the way of your ability to grow a business and scale your impact.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The truth about online business owners that no one is talking about
The importance of intentional implementation
Why the word “if” is limiting your ability to succeed and grow a business

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Is your current interview process allowing you to bring the best people onto your team?

Online business owners often struggle to find and use the right strategies and processes for the unique nature of virtual interviews.

That’s why today I’m sharing the interview and hiring tips you actually need as a digital entrepreneur to land your dream team.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

Essential hiring tips — including the step-by-step interview process that’s helped us build our amazing team
The exact steps online business owners need to set up an effective virtual interview AND what questions you should ask in an interview
What a test project is and why you should have every candidate complete one before interviewing them

PLUS, you’ll discover what to do when you’re ready to make someone an offer, and what to do if you don’t want to make someone an offer.

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When it comes to growing your team, what is the worst part of the hiring and interview process for you?

As an online entrepreneur, it can be super stressful to not only know what position you should hire for next (or first!), but also to find the right person for your team.

Thankfully, it doesn’t have to be complicated and with the hiring tips I’m sharing today, you’ll be able to weed out those less than ideal candidates and find the best fit for your business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

My foolproof, 4-step hiring and interview process to find high-quality team players as an online entrepreneur
What to say in your job description & how to structure your application to bring in the right people
The hiring tips you need to know which applicants are worth interviewing AND what to do when an applicant isn’t a good fit

PLUS: I’m giving you the inside scoop on whether you should discuss salary in an interview or not.

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Do you know the first position that most online business owners hire for on their team?

While hiring someone like a VA or social media media certainly seems like one of the best ways to grow a business, if you don’t learn how to hire the right person it can be extremely costly.

That’s why this week, I’m giving you the hiring tips you need to know when it's time to hire and more importantly, WHO you should be bringing onto your team.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY KNOWING:

How to hire the right person for the RIGHT POSITION in your business (HINT: Your first hire should not be a social media manager or a VA.)
The #1 thing that’s keeping you from trusting your team members and fully letting go, so you can grow a business
How much it really costs to hire someone and the hiring tips you need to make it worth it

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

On a scale from 1 to 10, how confident do you feel in your current hiring and interview process?

As a business owner, learning how to hire the right person is vital.

That’s why this week, I’m covering the hiring tips you need to know to find success and build your dream team.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

Actionable hiring tips — including the simplest hack for deciding who to hire first
How to hire the right person using my proven 4-step system and interview process
How to quickly assess your current team members to determine if they are a good fit for your team and your company vision

PLUS: The key thing to look for in an applicant that will make or break any team member relationship down the road

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When was the last time you Googled “how to start a podcast” or “should I start a podcast”?

If you’ve been curious about podcasting and whether or not it’s the right way for YOU to grow a business, this week’s guest is 100% for you!

My friend, Travis Chappell — host of the Build Your Network podcast and founder of the new tool Guestio — is here to reveal the truth about podcast marketing as a growth strategy for your business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

How to start a podcast AND how much time it really takes to host a high-quality show
Who can grow a business with podcast marketing (and who can’t)
What Guestio is and why you should be using it to get more visible

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

ClickHERE to join Guestio!

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When was the last time you felt really good about your work-life balance?

If you’re like most of the female entrepreneurs I know and serve, you’re trapped in a cycle of being overcommitted and overworked.

Today, we’re getting to the root cause of why you’re stuck, how to bust free, AND how to create a calendar that leads to more productivity and more time for what you love.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

Why you’re stuck in the overcommitment cycle that’s robbing you from work-life balance
The difference between working IN your business and ON your business that many female entrepreneurs miss
How I streamline my calendar for maxmize productivity and ease

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

What percentage of the workflow and things that happen in your business depend on you to run?

You’re ready to learn how to earn more and work less, but the success of your business depends on one thing: the degree to which you build yourself out of it.

Thankfully, Cailen Ascher is here to show you how your 1:1 offer could be stifling your ability to grow a business, and what to do about it so you can free up your time and start scaling.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The way to know if you’re ready to replace the time-consuming workflow around your 1:1 offer with a group program
How the value you’re placing on your time is either helping or hurting the amount you make and your chance to grow a business
Your first steps to transition your 1:1 offer to a premium group program so you can learn how to earn more and work less

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

If you’re ready to learn how to scale a business beyond 6-figures, ask yourself: What are you doing NOW to think and act like a 7-figure business owner?

Growing your business to this level is 100% possible — especially with the right mindset, marketing, and business systems in place — but it all comes back to more people investing in your offers.

That’s why today I’m sharing an exclusive interview where I reveal the surprisingly simple way to get more leads, reach more people with your message, and drive traffic to your business on autopilot.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

How to scale a business using the four business systems every digital entrepreneur needs
The best way to bring in more of the right people — and why this highly-effective lead-gen method is often overlooked
Why marketing your business with a podcast really is worth the time and effort

PLUS,if you want to get your hands on the free guide I mention in this interview, simply go to theeffortlesslife.co/monetizemypodcast to get instant access now.

Also, if this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Want to hear more from Katie Collins and Jeffrey Samorano? Listen now on The Lighten Your Launch Podcast

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

What is one way your brand stands out from the crowd and makes people stop in their tracks when they see your marketing?

The truth is your brand (or lack thereof) matters and it may currently be costing you customers as you try to grow a business.

Thankfully, web designer and branding strategist Megan Turkovic is here to help you create branding that doesn’t just make you look good in your social media content, but that actually brings in your dream clients.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The REAL definition of a brand and the biggest marketing mistakes you’re making with your brand
Why good branding shouldn’t cost you tens of thousands of dollars in order to grow a business
The surprising truth about those Canva templates you’re using for your social media content

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Thinking about your current business growth strategies and your future goals... How confident do you feel in your pricing right now?

I can tell you that I’ve made A LOT mistakes when it comes to pricing in my business and at the time, I never realized how badly they were affecting my sales and my ability to learn how to earn more and work less.

Today is the last episode in our 3-part mini-series on sales systems and if you’re ready to get the inside scoop on how to scale a business, this short and sweet episode on pricing is right up your alley!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The mistakes most people make in their when pricing offers (and the business growth strategies you should use instead)
How to put a value on your TIME — an essential part of learning how to scale a business
Ways to improve not only the number of sales you make, but also the quality of leads you attract, so you can uncover how to earn more and work less

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

You know you need to make sales to grow a business, but what is the number one reason people aren’t currently buying your offer?

If you don’t know the answer to this question, you’re not alone and today, I’m giving you insight into the business systems you need to be focusing on to increase your sales ASAP!

This week is part two of our 3-part mini-series where I’m lifting the curtain and giving you insider access to never-before-seen content all about sales systems and how they can help you scale a business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The primary reason people aren’t buying from you, and how to fix it so you can not only grow a business, but make a bigger impact
The business systems roadmap to move your customers from point A (where they are now) to point B (becoming your customer or client)
The sales mechanisms you need to scale a business and not lose potential clients along the way

If this episode inspires you,leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

As a business owner, what is your ideal consistent revenue, and how are your business systems — including your sales system — helping you reach it?

If you don’t currently have a sales system in place, you’re going to struggle to make the income you desire while also maintaining a sustainable work-life balance.

That’s why today, I’m taking you behind the scenes of an exclusive training I did recently for our mastermind students all about sales systems — what they are, what they are not, and how they function as you try to grow a business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The key difference between a sales system and a sales funnel
Why sales systems are vital to grow a business — especially if you want to scale to seven figures
The 4 main business systems every online business owner needs to avoid burnout and find an ideal work-life balance

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Despite all of the productivity tips you try to follow, how often do you feel like there’s just never going to be enough time in your day to get it all done?

If you’re a business owner, you’re definitely not alone in your struggle to do #allofthethings and still find any kind of healthy work-life balance.

But today’s guest, Ashao FreeSky is here to help and he’s sharing how to time-block your week for maximum productivity… and it’s probably not in the way you expect.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The productivity tips you actually need to stay focused on the high-priority activities that generate leads and sales
How to identify the energy and time leaks that are causing you to feel overwhelmed and ruining your work-life balance
What “karoshi” is and how it’s slowly killing you

If this episode inspires you,leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Why has your current marketing fallen short in landing you the media attention and buzz you hoped for?

Imagine if you could grow a business AND your following with more ease by borrowing from other people’s audiences.

Today’s guest, Lisa Simone Richards knows how to help you get seen everywhere online (without spinning your wheels on social media content) and she’s here to share her secrets.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The step-by-step framework to build awareness, buzz, and credibility as you grow a business and increase your following
The surprising marketing insight you need to be aware of before saying yes to any media opportunity
What the “ladder of publicity” is and how it will help you grow your audience faster (without endless social media content!)

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

What is one of the greatest business ideas you’ve learned from a book?

If you’re like me, it may be hard to choose just ONE because you’ve gained SO many phenomenal business growth strategies through reading.

Well, today’s guest, Chad Allen, is here to share why authoring a book of your own is THE best way to grow a business and set yourself apart as an authority in your niche.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why putting your business ideas and knowledge into a book is the key to unlocking hard-to-reach media opportunities
The reason authoring a book is one of the surest business growth strategies AND best ways to be seen as an expert
The practical tips you need to get writing, so you can grow a business now

Speaking of books, be sure to grab a copy of Your First 1000 Copies by Tim Grahl that Chad spoke about in this interview!

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. Andwhile you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

Your First 1000 Copies: The Step-by-Step Guide to Marketing Your Book (2nd Edition)

View Details

When was the last time you saw someone sharing supposed “sales secrets” that could teach you how to grow a business overnight?

Those kinds of business growth strategies are SO slimy and send potential clients running in the other direction!

Thankfully, today’s guest, sales expert Bryan Kramer, is here to teach us how to create a human-to-human sales approach that is relatable and repeatable so you can grow a business in a way that’s authentic AND scalable.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

How to grow a business with a “human-to-human” sales approach that’s relatable, repeatable, and scalable
Business growth strategies that help you sell sincerely — even when selling through a screen
What “Level 3” listening is and how you can use it to grow a business

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When was the last time you thought to yourself, “I desperately want to grow a business, but this workload is KILLING me?”

Surprisingly, it may actually be your hustling and overcommitted schedules that are keeping you from cracking the code on how to earn more and work less!

Today’s guest expert, Garland Vance, is here to help you how to overcome the overcommitment epidemic and finally find the growth AND the work-life balance you crave.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

An understanding of why overcommitment is silently killing your ability to grow a business and the real reason it’s so hard to say “no”
The 3 beliefs that trap you in the cycle of busy-ness (and how to shift them, so you can finally learn how to earn more and work less)
The steps you can take today to decrease your workload and achieve a better work-life balance WITHOUT sacrificing momentum

Plus, there’s an exclusive listener BONUS! Get a copy of Garland’s book for FREE (just pay shipping & handling) at killbusy.com.

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @theCourtney Elmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

On a scale from 1 to 10, how do you feel about the results of your current marketing?

The truth is you can have the best marketing ideas in the world, but without the right messaging, you aren’t going to reach your people.

Today’s guest, Kathryn Thompson teaches you how to use the power of words — in everything from emails to social media content — to create instant sales appeal in a way that feels authentic to YOU.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The mistake you’re making in your marketing that’s causing you to get overlooked
The surprising reason your messaging isn’t resonating with your ideal client (and the marketing ideas you need to fix it)
Why repetition in your messaging is a GOOD thing (and how it will save you time on social media content creation!)

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

How confident are you in your knowledge of how to hire the right person to support your growing team?

New team members can enhance your business immensely, but if you’re struggling to find hiring tips that actually work, today’s guest is for you!

Matt Schlegel has been helping business owners solve team dilemmas since 2003 when he discovered an underrated personality typing system and started applying it to team communication and dynamics.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The most under-utilized leadership tool that will help you learn how to hire the right person for your team
The hiring tips and tools you need to make growing and building your team a joyful experience
The psychology of teamwork and how open team communication can enhance your team’s performance

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When thinking about your business, what’s NOT working when it comes to your marketing?

If you’re struggling to identify where you can improve and crack the code on how to earn more and work less, grab your pen and paper for today’s interview!

Michael Buzinski is a best-selling author and digital marketing expert, who’s here to help you tweak your website to work for you AND give you the simple marketing ideas you need to create major impact now.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

His marketing “Rule of 26” that can help you double your website revenue this month
How to stop undervaluing your services so you can finally discover how to earn more and work less
The way to tell what’s not working in your business (so you can stop wasting your time on it) and the marketing ideas you should try instead

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When you think about your current marketing, what messages are you sending to your potential clients?

If you’re ready to up your game and grow a business quickly, this episode will help you take that messaging (no matter how great) to a whole new level!

My guest, Katherine Beck, is a vocal expert who is going to help you attract more of your ideal clients simply by practicing mindfulness in how you use your voice.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why great messaging in your marketing is not enough if you want to grow a business quickly
How to double your sales simply by emotionally connecting to your audience with your voice
The way to practice more mindfulness in your voice patterns and how to remove the vocal barriers that are keeping your clients from buying from you

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

As you’re trying to grow a business, what are you focusing on that’s truly moving the needle?

If you’re ready to get clarity around the business growth strategies that will make the biggest impact, today’s conversation is a must-listen for you!

My guest, Crista Grasso is the go-to strategic planning expert for online entrepreneurs who want to learn how to scale a business but don’t know where to start.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Crista’s 4-part “Lean Out Method” and why you need it to successfully run and grow a business
Why goal setting and planning are the key to scaling and the business growth strategies you need to adopt ASAP
The 3 fastest ways to reduce overwhelm in your business and how to overcome procrastination
How to scale a business with Crista’s two-part strategic plan to hit your revenue goals over the next 90 days

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

What could podcast monetization mean for your business?

If you’re ready to discover how your podcast (no matter how new!) could become a consistent source of revenue, grab a pen and get ready to swipe these actionable marketing ideas.

This week, we’re going way deeper than just how to start a podcast, we’re also uncovering how your show can actually make money for your business!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

3 simple marketing ideas for podcast monetization — without paid advertising or sponsors
The #1 way a podcast can create a steady stream of incoming revenue (even if you just launched your show)
Why all coaches, course creators, and service providers should learn how to start a podcast this year

For even more podcast insights, register for my upcoming podcast workshop, by clicking here.

And if this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Have you considered leaping into podcast marketing, but are fearful it will become yet another time suck in your business?

If you’re on the fence, I’ve got amazing news because today I’m sharing how podcasts can save you time as an entrepreneur (particularly on that neverending social media content).

Marketing for your business is about to get a whole lot easier — and dare I say, more fun!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

Why podcast marketing helps you spend less time on social media content (freeing that time and energy to use elsewhere!)
How a podcast can become one of the most valuable assets within your marketing system
How to know if the time is right to launch your podcast
My insider secrets to create a show worth listening to

Also, be sure to register for my upcoming podcast workshop, click here: systemsmadesimple.co/podcastworkshop

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When thinking about the experts in your industry, how are you standing out to your prospective clients?

Becoming the trusted authority in your niche is harder than ever, but thankfully, there is a proven way to find more of your perfect-fit leads (without overly complicated business growth strategies).

If you’re ready to learn why podcasting is the answer you’re searching for (and you’re ready for an inside look on how to start a podcast!), this is the episode for you.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The #1 fastest way to be seen as a trusted expert in your niche (without super complicated business growth strategies!)
Why lead-generation is now harder than ever and how to find more of your perfect-fit leads
5 reasons why a podcast is the fastest way to position yourself as an expert
How to start a podcast and connect you with listeners eager to buy from you

To register for my upcoming podcast workshop, click here.

If this episode inspires you,leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Are you struggling to understand why your current marketing isn’t working as effectively as it should?

If you’re ready to grow a business by harnessing your unique voice and increasing your visibility, today’s guest is speaking straight to you!

As a leadership expert and the creator of the Master Brand Method, Jennifer Kem specializes in getting entrepreneurs seen, heard, and paid for being themselves. Her methods and marketing ideas truly help brands stand out and captivate their ideal clients!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The #1 marketing system you must master if you want your brand to be more visible
The biggest mistakes online entrepreneurs make with their messaging when trying to grow a business
6 simple marketing ideas to differentiate your brand and set yourself apart from your competition

Get your FREE brand assessment as Jen’s exclusive gift to you for being a loyal listener at masterbrand.me/systems (a $250 value!).

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

What would it mean for your business and your life if you learned how to earn more and work less?
If you’re ready to understand how to maximize your time (and your team’s!) through business automation and systems, this is a conversation you don’t want to miss!

As a business owner and business coach with over 25 years of experience, Pete Mohr helps entrepreneurs identify what they need to focus on to increase their productivity and their impact with minimal effort.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

How to earn more and work less using a 4-part framework that helps you identify what you should focus on
How to maximize your team’s productivity by identifying their zones of genius
3 business automations you can use right now to free up an extra hour every day
The secret to building a self-managing business

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When it comes to marketing your business, what is the compelling story you are sharing?

If you struggle to identify impactful parts of your life or feel like your story simply isn’t exciting enough for social media content, today’s episode will change your mind.

As a child actor turned author, speaker, and business advisor, Sean Tyler Foley coaches others on how to impact an audience with their stories and how to incorporate their message into marketing ideas with confidence.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

How to tell a compelling story with your marketing (even when your life isn’t that exciting)
How to create better, more engaging social media content for your audience
Why teaching is a better tool than selling when it comes to your marketing ideas
How to position your story in a way that attracts your ideal clients

If this episode inspires you, leave a reviewand share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmerfor more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When life is hard, growing a business feels harder, doesn’t it?

How do we keep up with our business when life’s challenges interrupt our plans?

2021 was a dark year for me, and in this episode, I share some of the personal struggles I faced this year and the five lessons I learned from them, in hopes that these lessons will help you avoid some of the mistakes I’ve made and learn how to better navigate and overcome adversity in life and business.

By the time you finish listening to this episode, my hope is that you'll choose one of these five lessons to take with you into the future of your own business. Pick the one that resonates the most with you. Sit with it. Be with it. Embrace it, and allow it to embrace you.

If this episode inspires you, it’d mean the most to me when you leave a review and share your biggest takeaway from this episode. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Book discussed in this episode: The Next Right Thing by best-selling author, Emily Freeman

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

The Next Right Thing: A Simple, Soulful Practice for Making Life Decisions

View Details

Did you know there are three surprisingly common ways we unknowingly cap our own ability to earn money?

If you're ready to break through your money narrative and finally learn how to grow a business and create real wealth, today's episode is a must-listen.

As a financial advisor and wealth expert for entrepreneurs, Catherine Morgan is on a mission to show you how your inherited money-beliefs may be capping your income potential (and how to fix it).

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The most important asset you have to grow a business (hint: it’s not money)
How inherited money-beliefs — not your business growth strategies — may be capping your income potential
The difference between income generation vs. wealth creation
The 3-step plan to grow a business and create real wealth

Also, be sure to grab a copy of Catherine’s new book, It’s Not About The Money at catherinemorgan.com/book

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Sick and tired of pouring yourself into your marketing efforts only to feel like you’re shouting into the void?

Are you struggling to implement business growth strategies that organically increase your audience and also convert people into your programs?

Are you ready to implement simple business systems that will help you find your best fit clients and enroll new customers with minimal effort on your part?

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO MY CONVERSATION WITH MICHELLE VROOM, YOU’LL LEARN:

The #1 marketing secret to stand out from a crowd online
Repeatable business growth strategies for getting clients
How to pre-sell clients before the sales call
Why good businesses systems are simple
The step-by-step process you to need to grow your audience and enroll them into your programs now

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me whether it’s digital marketing or learning different business growth strategies. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Do you know which business systems and processes you need to have in place when you’re feeling stuck and unclear? Do you have a productivity system to fall back to when life gets crazy?

If you’re ready to finally break free from your cycle of uncertainty and indecision and say hello to mindfulness and fulfillment in your work again, listen closely.

Today’s episode is chock-full of practical wisdom and advice to help you move forward with confidence in your life and business.

Becca Ribbing, author of The Clarity Journal joins me today to give you the four-step process to finding clarity and momentum in the midst of uncertainty so you can break out of the cycle of indecision that’s been holding you back.

WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS INTERVIEW, YOU’LL KNOW:

How to recognize when what you’re doing isn’t working anymore — and what changes you need to make to find fulfillment and productivity in your work again
How to identify your greatest strengths and leverage them in your business systems to get unstuck
The four-step process to finding clarity and momentum in the midst of uncertainty
The way to practice mindfulness in your productivity and how it can help you overcome procrastination

Be sure to grab a copy of Becca's Clarity Journal here!

If this episode inspires you, leave a review and share your biggest takeaway with me whether it’s your productivity or how to have productive mornings. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow me on Instagram @thecourtneyelmer for more quick tips on how to streamline your business systems and spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Are you struggling to see how you’re ever going to scale a business without constantly burning the candle at both ends?

Are you worried that the stress you’re experiencing leads you to a place of burnout and affects your overall mental health and well-being?

Are you ready to finally break free of the hamster wheel cycle of business owner burnout and create a sustainable work-life balance?

If you answered “yes” to any (or all) of the above, today’s episode with guest expert Angela Henderson is for you.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO MY INTERVIEW WITH ANGELA HENDERSON, YOU’LL WALK AWAY KNOWING:

How to scale a business from six figures to seven without burning out or working 60 hours a week
Better ways to manage stress, care for your mental health, and even eliminate the possibility of burnout altogether
The 3-step process to break the burnout cycle and get back in control of your work-life balance
The key differences between stress and burnout, and how to know which one is affecting your business the most

If this episode inspires you, leave us a review and share your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Are you struggling to prioritize your own wellness and needs in the midst of running your business day in and day out?

Are you ready to get out of overwhelm so you can finally experience true joy and fulfillment, even in times of chaos and stress?

If you want to know the secrets to finding your “flow state” every day so you can flourish as a visionary leader, today’s episode is for you.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO MY CONVERSATION WITH NIYC PIDGEON, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

How to create structure and prioritize your needs and personal wellness as a business owner
The 3 P’s for getting out of overwhelm, fast
The science of happiness and how you can use it to your advantage
The six pillars of flourishing — including practicing mindfulness — and how to find your “flow state” every day
PLUS, how you can have the opportunity to grab a FREE copy of Niyc’s book, Now is Your Chance

If this episode inspires you, leave us a review and share your biggest takeaway whether it’s wellness, work-life balance, or mindfulness. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Truth time: As you work to grow a business, are you afraid of looking at the numbers and diving into the financial side of entrepreneurship?

Are you ready to finally demystify those numbers so you can implement the right business systems and processes, AND gain the confidence you need to create sustainable profits?

Are you ready to not just account for your expenses and team pay, but ALSO to start paying yourself a REAL income?

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO MY INTERVIEW WITH DANIELLE HAYDEN, YOU’LL LEARN:

Why ignoring your numbers is not a strategy if you want to grow a business and hit your goals
How to determine your annual financial goals (and how you can start paying yourself!)
Hiring an accountant
The #1 monthly report you should be running as a part of your business systems and processes
PLUS, the best software to use when tracking your finances

If this episode inspires you, leave us a review and share your biggest takeaway whether it’s learning how to grow a business or hiring an accountant. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @Courtney Elmer.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

There’s no sugar coating it...the last couple of years have been tough. And despite run-of-the-mill work life balance tips you’ve tried to implement, it can feel hard to stay motivated.

So let me ask you... are you ready to learn the REAL work life balance tips you need to thrive — even in face of adversity?

Are you craving business systems and processes that will actually help you lean into the growth that’s possible despite the world being turned upside down? (Instead of going through the motions as though it’s all “business as usual.”)

If this has you saying, “YES!!! THIS IS WHAT I NEED!”, then you’re gonna love what our guest, Kristi Brocato, has to share today.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

How to (actually) stay motivated in your business when things get rough, while maintaining work life balance
Why it’s okay for things to feel chaotic and the work life balance tips that will make ALL of the difference
A step-by-step plan for reigniting or redefining your love for what you do when you’re struggling to find motivation
The truth about your back-end business systems and processes and why they aren’t meant to be static

If this episode inspires you, leave us a review and share your biggest takeaway whether it’s work life balance tips or business systems and processes. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Do terms like “customer journey” and “sales process” instantly give you a gnawing ache in your stomach?

Are ready to finally understand how to get the RIGHT people on calls with you without feeling icky or salesy... and know how to sincerely convert those leads into loyal clients or customers?

Today's guest and sales systems expert, Mark Colgan, is going to help you optimize your customer journey and simplify your sales process, and position yourself as the problem-solver within your ideal customer's world.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS INTERVIEW, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

A deep understanding of the "sincere sales” philosophy and his complete, 4-step customer sales process
The mistakes most people make when it comes to their sales process
The #1 reason more of your leads aren’t converting to clients and when to stop following up with prospects
What you should include in every single sales email you send
PLUS, the secret to closing more sales without being icky or “salesy”

If this episode inspires you, leave us a review and share your biggest takeaway whether it’s your sales process or customer journey. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Are you on the brink of burnout and KNOW you need to outsource...but deep down you kinda feel like it's cheating on your business?

Do you struggle to identify where you should even begin when it comes to delegating and automating?

Are you grappling to pin-point the specific tasks that are sucking so much of your time and energy as they pull you away from your true role as the visionary leader of your brand?

Trust me, I’ve been there and my guest today, the amazing Michelle Thompson, is here to help!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS INSPIRING INTERVIEW, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

How to identify the time-sucking tasks in your business and how to save time
The top 3 reasons why people struggle to delegate
3 things you can automate in your business today so you can learn how to be productive
PLUS, an understanding of why doing it all yourself is not a badge of honor, and why failing doesn’t mean you’re a failure

Also, here are the game-changing resources that we talked about on today’s show:

Psycho-Cybernetics by Maxwell Maltz
Time Audit Spreadsheet: awesomeoutsourcing.com/task-discovery

If this episode inspires you, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway whether it’s learning how to save time or how to be productive. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Are you currently drowning in tasks for your business? So much so that you’re left feeling less like the Visionary Leader of your brand and more like the doer of #allofthethings?

Are you ready to finally spend some quality time ON your business rather than focusing every spare moment IN your business? Do you know what to outsource and what not to outsource?

Look, you KNOW it’s past time to outsource, but you still feel unclear about where to begin or what you can take off of your plate. Thankfully, that’s where my guest today and outsourcing expert Meridith McCarty comes in!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The first thing you should outsource as a biz owner — PLUS, the thing(s) you should never outsource
What a time audit is and why you need one ASAP
How outsourcing can hold you accountable to spending more time in your role as the Visionary Leader of your brand AND how you should be spending the majority of that time

If this episode inspires you, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway whether it’s figuring out not what to outsource and what to outsource. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

As the CEO and visionary leader of your business, do you find it challenging to prioritize your own needs?

Imagine what it would feel like to be as committed to caring for the human being behind your business as you are to your business itself.

Building healthy rituals and healthy lifestyles into your day is one of the biggest secrets of highly successful entrepreneurs who are able to sustain their business, their well-being, and their sanity.

This is something you can start today with the help of my guest, John Sherwin. He’s here to share with us the number one cause of foggy brain in entrepreneurs...and what you can do about it!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

How to enhance your quality of life and your focus so you can do more of the things you've been put here to do
Practical ways to overcome some of the challenges that come with running a remote company
Best practices for how to start your day
How to come back after a failed launch and prioritize yourself and the values of your company to scale more consistently

If this episode inspires you, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway on how to have a healthy lifestyle. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Have you gotten so focused on your business that you’ve forgotten to prioritize your own needs along the way?

Have you considered that the most important “system” in your business may be how you treat yourself — the visionary leader and driving force behind your company?

Are you ready to revamp your morning routine so you can truly maintain and build your business momentum long-term?

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL COME AWAY WITH:

Some insight I gained through my own experience of neglecting myself and the detrimental effects it had
The 6 ways I’m revamping my morning ritual right now, and why you should too
An understanding of the most often neglected part of your morning ritual and why it’s the foundation of everything else you're capable of

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway about starting your morning routine. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Are you finally ready to make your first (or next) hire, but aren't sure how to distribute team pay without incurring fees?

Maybe you already have a team in place, but you’re tired of paying every single person through different channels and you're still searching for the easiest way to quickly and legally pay your team each month.

Don’t worry. I’ve got you! This week we’re keeping it fast, actionable, and 100% legit!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

My 3 best tips for paying your team and avoiding fees (or at least reducing them)
The digital platforms we recommend (and do NOT recommend) for sending money
Why small fees now are way better than a big legal bill later

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway about the ins and outs of team pay without incurring fees. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Are you beyond ready to simplify the way your team communicates day in and day out?

Are you tired of bouncing between your inbox and your project management app and your DMs and your texts and... ?

It’s time to rein it alllll in and get back valuable time and CLARITY for your team by adopting Slack for team communication! Seriously, it’s best and it’s almost exclusively how our team members at the EffortLESS Life connect with me and with each other.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why Slack is our app preference and why it should be yours, too
The three hacks we use to get the most out of our Slack experience to enhance your team communication and teamwork collaboration
What channels you really need in your company’s Slack account and the purpose behind each of them

If this episode about team communication and collaborative teamwork inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

You know it’s time to grow your rockstar team, but you’re just a tad overwhelmed by the whole attracting, interviewing, vetting, and the entire hiring interview process. (Okay, maybe more than a tad.)

Honestly, you’re worried you’ll go through all of the time, effort, and resources to bring someone on who seems like the perfect unicorn fit only to find out later that they were just a donkey with a fake, shiny horn.

I get it! I’ve been there, done that, and gotten several t-shirts. Thankfully, you can learn from my company’s valuable experience today on developing an effective interview process!

So, what do you say? Are you ready to know our team’s secrets behind confidently hiring right the FIRST time?

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL COME AWAY WITH:

The one KEY thing that you have to look for in an applicant that will make or break any team member relationship down the road
Our tried and tested 4-Step Interview Process
How to finally heal your relationship with hiring if you’ve been burned in the past

If this episode about streamlining the interview process, or learning how to schedule an interview inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Are you overwhelmed by the idea of adding people to your team? I mean, you KNOW you need the help, but where should you even start in filling the role?!?

Maybe you’re seriously wrestling with the idea of whether to hire someone locally versus filling the position with a freelance virtual assistant.

There are obvious (and not so obvious) pros and cons to both, but which ones REALLY matter and what will work best for you and your business?

What happens if you make a mistake and bring on the wrong person or their location in relation to you really does matter more than you thought!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

What I’ve gleaned from my own experience of hiring for my team and reap the benefits of my early mistakes
The actual pros and cons of hiring someone that lives close to you (we’re talking within a 10-ish mile radius here)
The obvious and less obvious benefits and drawbacks of hiring a freelance virtual assistant — both in your country and overseas
How to determine the best choice for YOUR business and the specific role you currently need filled

If this episode about hiring locally vs. hiring a freelance virtual assistant inspires you, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more wuick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Feeling exhausted from spreading yourself thin on social media out of fear of being outshined by your competition?

Ready to stop sharing everything from your morning coffee to your work schedule to your kids’ bedtime antics on your stories?

What if instead, you could get back HOURS in your week and finally use social media content how it is meant to be used for entrepreneurs (i.e. to enhance your business by giving you a platform to build relationships...NOT as your primary place to make sales)?

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The exact weekly content workflow we use in our business to stay visible on social media WITHOUT the stress and time-suck
How to connect with your audience and build relationships in roughly 30 minutes a day on YOUR schedule
The secret to batching content that educates, entertains and converts your audience for the long haul--the ultimate streamlined workflow

If this episode inspires you, whether it’s coming up with social media content or streamlining your workflow, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

As a business owner, you KNOW you’re the one holding it all together, and maybe even the idea of automating or delegating seems too daunting to fathom starting down that road... But what if you could start small?

What if you could reclaim minutes (remember, we’re starting tiny!) in your day every single day?

Trust me when I say these minutes add up to a LOT of the time you’re wasting in your business — an average of about 20 hours a week! Just imagine all you could do with that time instead!

Even better, what if you could reclaim these vital pieces of time simply, painlessly, and for FREE?

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TODAY, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The two biggest time sucks of every entrepreneur (and what you can do about them!)
7 free tools that WILL save you 20 hours a week
Why starting small and saving these minutes will save your sanity as a business owner

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

After last week’s episode on nurturing your email marketing list, you’re ready to simply and systematically educate and entertain the heck out of your subscribers. But now the question is... How do you actually BUILD that list of subscribers?

What if I told you that building your business’s email marketing list doesn’t have to be the headache you’re currently experiencing? In fact, it can be surprisingly easy and actually kind of FUN!

Aren’t you ready to stop spending all of your time creating lead magnet after lead magnet, trying to figure out what your audience wants in hopes that something sticks?

What if instead, you could spend precious time in your business focused on what you do best as a visionary leader while your list-building runs on autopilot? The ultimate email automation...

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL COME AWAY WITH:

One of the biggest reasons people struggle to grow their list
An understanding of why you need to know your numbers (and how to make them less scary!)
The 4 simple elements you need for a killer list-building funnel
How to finally automate your funnel process

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway — whether it’s about email automation, and email marketing. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

What would it do for your business to finally nurture that email list you've worked so tirelessly to build instead of continuing to put it on the backburner of your to-do list?

Now, imagine how it would feel to be able to do this email marketing nurturing on autopilot week after week?!?

You and I both know that building an email list is only half the battle (and maybe not even the hardest half). Because what good is spending all that time building your list if you can’t keep people on it?

Even worse... What good is having a killer list filled with potential clients but not knowing how to NURTURE them so that they’re primed and ready to snag the incredible offers you’re putting out there?

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

A simple, 4-step process for automating your business systems and process, and email marketing
How to nurture your list and maintain the relationships you’ve worked so hard to build (without wasting any more time wondering what to say!)
The exact framework to implement that’s also super easy to pass off to your team, so they can continue creating amazing content week after week

If this episode about email marketing automation and business systems and processes inspires you, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more quick tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Wish you could spend less time in your business replying to your never-ending emails, but still want every person who reaches out to feel supported and heard by you and your team?

What if there was an easy way to save both your time in replying to all of those emails AND save your contacts' time in receiving a valuable response?

Yep. We’re talking auto-responders and email automation this week, but not the annoying ones you hate that clog up your inbox without actually telling you anything. This simple business hack is going to blow you away!

Did you know that we have gotten more compliments on our company’s email automation than almost anything in our business? It’s true and this week, I’m teaching you how to steal our simple system and apply it to your own business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

The skinny on how to save tons of time in your inbox by automating your email reply process
The two things you have to intentionally consider before setting up your auto-reply to make it NOT annoying or a waste of inbox space for your contacts
A quick, 10-minute assignment that will help you create a friendly, fun and informative autoresponder that’s a win-win for everyone involved

If this episode inspires you, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway--whether it’s how to be more productive or learning email automation. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Have you ever caught yourself fantasizing about pausing your inbox so no one could bother you?

Have you daydreamed about what it would be like to really free yourself from the distracting, time-suck that is all things email?

Luckily, there IS a simple business system that can stop you from wasting so much valuable time on your email and keep you from being a slave to your notifications.

Not only that but this easy way of systematizing and streamlining your inbox can give you back an extra 10 or more hours in your week! This is not a joke or a drill.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TODAY, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

One of my all-time favorite tools as a small business owner that will revolutionize your way of doing email
The top three features of this incredible, time-saving tool, and why they will be a game-changer for you
The real reason you waste so much time in your inbox
How business systems like this support you as a visionary leader, streamline your business, AND how you can work with me to go even deeper and create the freedom and impact you’re truly craving

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway--whether it’s building an operational system or learning how to streamline your business overall. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows and improve your business operations so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

If you run an online business and feel constantly overwhelmed by all you have to do when it comes to business growth strategies and like there’s never enough time to do it, today’s episode is for you!

In this episode, you’ll learn step-by-step how to identify where the majority of your working hours are going on a daily basis in your online business, which is an essential step to reclaiming more time on your calendar for you.

Plus, I’m going to give you the exact questions you need to be asking yourself if you want to spend less time on the busy-work in your online business, and start spending more time in your zone of genius.

This week’s episode is part of our Summer Series of quick tips to help you streamline your online business and improve your business growth strategies. If it inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway!

While you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows and get the right systems, support, and structure in place in your online business so you can scale beyond six figures and be seen as a true visionary leader in your industry.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Wish you knew how to do a better job of streamlining your business operations?

Tired of wasting time and money hiring and training help, only to wind up back at square one — doing it all yourself?

Wish you could stop spending your time on annoying busywork that sucks your energy and keeps you out of your zone of genius?

Did you know the degree to which you streamline your business operations is the degree to which you'll experience real freedom in your business? It’s true.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

The seven elements every business operational system needs
Why growing your online business without an operating system will take twice as much time and effort
Why NOT to hire an online business manager
How you can work step-by-step with me over the course of the next year to put these systems in place in your online business

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway--whether it’s building an operational system or streamlining business operations. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows and improve your business operations so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Do you have a deliverables system in place in your business?

Many online business owners are great on the front end when it comes to sales and marketing. But unfortunately, few are as good on the back end when it comes to taking good care of their customers, which is costing them repeat business and referrals.

Today on the Systems Made Simple™ podcast, learn how to do a better job of delivering what you’ve promised so you can create a fiercely loyal community of satisfied customers who can’t help but tell all their friends how awesome you really are. This is the best way to increase customer engagement.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

How to provide unparalleled customer support so you can increase customer engagement
What you’re missing on the back end of your business that’s preventing you from earning repeat business
The #1 reason why people aren’t recommending you to their friends
The step-by-step process to setting up your Deliverability System and creating a fiercely loyal community of satisfied customers

If this episode inspires you in some way,leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway--whether it’s customer engagement, customer support, or having a deliverables system in place. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram@theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Chances are, you know you need some sort of sales system in place if you want to keep the doors open to your business and generate any income.

But is your current sales system actually scalable? Are your sales funnels generating revenue? Or are you bottlenecking your business by trading your time for dollars?

High-ticket sales expert Amanda Abella is here today to help you fix your cash flow issues and optimize your sales system for sustainable, consistent growth.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why your sales funnels aren't converting the way you want them to (and what to do about it)
The difference between a sales funnel and a sales process
Why you need a “customer map”
How to enroll more students into your programs by charging higher prices

PLUS, learn the easy sales skills you need to sell more and do it authentically (without coming across greedy, slimy, or sleazy).

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway--whether it was building a sales funnel or streamlining your sales process.

While you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows and improve your sales funnel so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Have you struggled to gain brand recognition for your business?

In today’s episode, we’re talking about what a visibility system is and why having one is so critical for brand building.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

What a visibility system is and why every visionary leader needs one
The most common mistakes online business owners make when it comes to brand building
The difference between a visibility system and a marketing strategy
Plus, an inside peek at our own visibility system and a step-by-step plan for creating your own

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway--whether it’s building brand recognition or becoming a visionary leader.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Is the back end of your business a hot mess? (You’re not alone).

Most online business owners lack one or more of the four business systems you need to scale beyond six figures.

That’s why inside today’s episode, I’m revealing what these business systems and operations are, why you need them, and what it’s costing you not to have them in place within your business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The four business systems every digital entrepreneur needs (can you guess number one?)
The key difference between a system and a process
Why you’re losing money if you’re trying to scale a business without any one of these business systems
PLUS, a special invitation to work hand-in-hand with me over the course of the next year to get these systems in place in your business so you can get off the entrepreneurial roller-coaster, spend more time in your zone of genius, and scale beyond six figures with ease.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway — whether it’s on systems, business operations, or becoming a visionary leader.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Chances are you already know that time, energy, and effort are limited resources. You can only expend so much of them before you max out, because action is the least scalable resource you have as an online business owner.

The solution? Well-oiled business systems and processes behind the scenes to support you in doing what you do best as a visionary leader.

Look, we get it. The back end of your business isn’t where you want to focus. Right now, it’s a hot mess — which you HATE, and organizing it doesn’t seem to come naturally to you. Also, business systems aren’t as sexy or glamorous as marketing, networking, or shining in your zone of genius.

But unlike what most online experts will tell you, the secret to running a successful online business is not increasing your sales or beefing up your online marketing strategies.

It’s the degree to which you streamline your operations and create leverage within your business so you can spend more of your time in your zone of genius (the sales and buzzworthy-ness will naturally follow).

Simply put: when you know how to set up your business the right way on the back end, it allows you to be seen in your niche as the visionary leader you’re meant to be.

Ranked globally among the top shows in Business, Marketing, and Education, the Systems Made Simple™ podcast, hosted by business systems expert Courtney Elmer, is the best business podcast for everything you need to know about streamlining your business systems, hiring and growing your team, scaling beyond six figures, and stepping fully into your role as the Visionary Leader of your company.

It’s time for a new way to live + work. Welcome to the Systems Made Simple™ podcast with your host, Courtney Elmer.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Have you ever experienced the excitement of hiring and onboarding a new team member, only to feel disappointed a few months later when it doesn't work out and frustrated that you have to start all over again? (If so, today's episode is for you!)

If you're making any one of these four major hiring mistakes, then creating a team culture of accountability is going to feel next to impossible, and growing your team will feel more like babysitting vs. leading them to greatness (we've been there).

That's why inside today's episode, we're breaking down what these hiring and onboarding mistakes are and how to avoid them so you can build your dream team with ease.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

The #1 tool that will help you hire smarter
The reason you need an onboarding process
How to create a team culture of accountability
What core values and team performance have to do with each other

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode about hiring, onboarding, and creating a team culture of accountability.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Is outsourcing overseas the best option when it comes to building your team? It depends.

Inside today's episode, you're going to discover the pros and cons of outsourcing overseas so you can make the decision that's best for your business long-term.

Plus, I'm revealing the hiring process and interview process you need to have in place if you want to grow your own team of A-players and create an enviable team culture that people want to be a part of!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

The do's and don'ts of outsourcing overseas
Why you need an interview process if you want to save yourself time and hire the right people
The 5 mistakes to avoid when it comes to outsourcing
Why not having a clear hiring process in place could be costing you A-players

PLUS, how to get your hands on the exact interview process and hiring process we use here at The EffortLESS Life® to build your dream team!

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway from this episodeabout outsourcing and getting the right interview process and hiring process in place in your business.

And be sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Ever wonder why some entrepreneurs can scale a business so quickly, while for you it feels like a tirelessly slow process?

Today’s guest on the podcast, Wendy Jordanov, built a $4MM company from her kitchen table in under 4 years, and she’s here to share her secrets to scaling a business and staying growth minded despite the obstacles that come your way.

If you are a course creator, service provider, or a digital business owner who is looking to scale a business beyond six figures without sacrificing your family’s quality of life or hustling yourself to death in the process, today's episode is for you.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The fastest way to overcome unexpected obstacles when scaling a business
The counterintuitive approach to spending more quality time with your family
How to how to equip yourself, your kids, and your entire family with a growth minded attitude
Two practical ways to avoid overwhelm and exhaustion when scaling a business and enhance your overall quality of life

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway about scaling a business with a growth minded attitude.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!

SPECIAL GIFT FOR OUR LISTENERS: Our guest today, Wendy Jordanov, is offering you 10% off ANY Huggaroo® product! Simply visit huggaroo.com and use code 'EFFORTLESS' at checkout to save!

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Did you know there are four massive mistakes most online business owners and entrepreneurs make when it comes to building a team?

If you’ve been in business for a while, chances are you’ve made some of these hiring and onboarding mistakes too without even realizing it. But not to worry.

Inside today’s episode, I’m walking you through what you need to perfect your interview process, hiring process, and onboarding process so you know exactly what steps to take — and mistakes to avoid — when it comes to making your first (or next) hire.

WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why you’ve been going about the hiring process all wrong
The four big mistakes you’ll want to avoid when building a team
What an onboarding process is and why you need one
The three simple systems you need in place to build a team effectively

PLUS, hear how we overcame our own hiring obstacles, put the right hiring process and onboarding process in place, and find out the exact steps we took to build a team of A-players and how you can do the same!

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review **and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And make sure you're following on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Mindset and business strategy are both heralded as “keys to success” in the world of entrepreneurship, but is one more effective than the other?

Which one will help you reach your goals, faster?

Find out on today’s episode, where we sit down with performance expert, Jarrod Haning, who’s going to show you the surprising truth about mindset and business strategy and why they’re not all they’re cracked up to be.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

How to shift your current mindset by training your mind to think and communicate at a higher level
Why the way your brain is currently wired to solve problems could be the very thing getting in the way of you solving them effectively
The reason the “solutions” out there like self-help books, personality assessments, and generic mindset coaching aren’t enough to help you change your current thinking patterns
The simple fix that’ll help you identify your blind spots and learn to navigate around them to implement better business strategies and build the successful business you really want

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode about mindset and business strategy.
And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Are you embarrassed by how disorganized your business is on the back end?(Don't worry, you're not alone). It's not your fault if knowing the ins and outs of business structure and the systems you need to operate smoothly doesn't come naturally to you.

This is why in today's episode, we're talking about the four key elements in your business structure that will move you beyond the six-figure mark so you can generate more revenue and create a bigger impact without so much hard work and hustle.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The four key elements every successful entrepreneur has within their business structure
Why inconsistent revenue isn't a conversion problem or a messaging problem
How much time and money it will cost you to try building your business without a clear blueprint
How to avoid the common mistakes most entrepreneurs make when it comes to their business structure

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway from this episodeabout getting the right business structure and systems in place to scale your company.
And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co to get daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Can you really be successful without working hard?

That depends. If you’re spending the vast majority of time in your zone of genius, is it really hard work?

Our guest this week, Fabiola Hesslein, is here to help you reinvent the hustle and build an intentional life and business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL LEARN:

The difference between working hard vs. intentionally
What it means to be “in alignment” and how it can help you work smarter
The easiest way to avoid work burnout as an online business owner
The power of your thoughts and how they can help you work smarter

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.
And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Imagine what your business could look like one year from today if you had the right business systems, standard operating procedures, and support in place!

Not only would you finally experience what it’s like to have the time-freedom you started your business for in the first place, but you’d also be able to lead your team to greatness and grow your company sustainably without sacrificing the people you love in the process.

The problem is, most entrepreneurs are so busy trying to perfect their marketing and messaging that they completely ignore the importance of getting basic business systems and standard business operating procedures in place until it’s too late.

Inside today’s episode, I’m going to reveal why the level of success you experience is directly related to the quality of back-end business operations you have in place within your company.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The #1 reason why you’re experiencing cash-flow issues
How clear back-end business operations will help you stop bottlenecking your own growth
Why business systems could save your sanity
Why the harder you work, the less successful you’ll be
PLUS, hear the full story behind how The EffortLESS Life® came to be and why it exists today

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode about business systems, business operations, and standard operating procedures.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Wish you knew how to get more visibility and build brand awareness, without forking over thousands of dollars on expensive advertising campaigns?

Today’s guest on the show, Kristin Marquet, is the expert when it comes to PR marketing and getting media attention for your business.

She’s going to reveal her 5 easy secrets to get your business noticed by the big media outlets you know and love, all for free.

WHEN YOU WALK AWAY FROM THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The four misconceptions about building brand awareness through PR marketing
How to craft a pitch that actually gets noticed by outlets like Forbes, Business News Daily, Entrepreneur.com, Thrive Global and more
Why you should never, ever pay for media coverage or PR in business
How to figure out what makes you and your business noteworthy, and
The two critical elements you need to start building brand awareness through publicity

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode whether it’s about PR in business, build brand awareness, or PR marketing.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Most entrepreneurs make the mistake of waiting too long to get the support in place they need to grow their company beyond their current limits.

Don’t be like most entrepreneurs, who quickly become the bottleneck in their own business and stagnate their growth.

In this episode, I’m going to give you the shortlist of the 7 things you need to know before you start outsourcing to create a virtual network, and how to get started if you’re ready to free up more time to do work you actually enjoy doing.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why it’s not actually quicker or cheaper to do it yourself
What it’s costing you to solve problems by taking action
How to know when it’s the right time to start hiring
What position to hire for first
The two critical processes you need to have in place when hiring

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode on outsourcing, virtual team, or process management.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

In a world post-COVID, people are scrambling to create virtual networking environments online through Facebook communities, Clubhouse rooms, and other means.

But are these virtual networking platforms as effective for building business relationships as the in-person networking events of old? That depends.

Today’s guest on the show, Liyani Rodriguez of Raddle, is here to show you a new way to network online — one that gives you the chance to build business relationships that last so you can get the most return for your time invested.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

Whether virtual networking is a good use of your time
Where to go to get the help you need to overcome any entrepreneurial hurdle you face
What it means to Raddle, and why your business needs it
PLUS, you’ll hear about Liyani’s $35,000 mistake that prompted her to pivot and create what’s now one of the fastest-growing virtual networking platforms for entrepreneurs to date

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode on virtual networking and business relationships.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

In today’s episode on The Systems Made Simple™ Podcast, we're revealing the truth about visionary leadership and what it really means to be the visionary leader of your company.

If you’re hovering around that six-figure mark and you're not sure how to break through to the next level because you can't work any harder than you already are, then this week's episode is for you, where you'll get a peek behind the scenes of our operations here at The EffortLESS Life®.

Even if you're not at this level yet in your business, you want to listen in so that you can avoid the mistakes and the pitfalls that so many entrepreneurs make along the way to six figures so that you don't have to waste your time on trial and error.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

The four qualities visionary leaders have that other entrepreneurs are missing
The trap that keeps you from being seen as a visionary leader (and how to avoid it)
The real reason why you haven’t been able to scale your business as quickly as you want to
The number one question you need to be asking yourself that will streamline your workload so you can work less and be that visionary leader

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

What’s the secret to captivating your audience and mastering the science of persuasion?

It doesn’t matter how good your product or service is, it won’t sell itself. You have to know how to talk about it in a way that stirs desire and creates demand for what you offer.

Celebrity voice coach Tracy Goodwin joins us on the show today to show you how to communicate with clarity so you can build strong relationships, create an emotional connection with your audience and ultimately close more sales and help more people.

WHEN YOU WALK AWAY FROM THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

Overcome your fear of public speaking for good
Speak with authority and command the space while refining your communication skill set
Influence and persuade more effectively by shifting the tones in your voice
Elevate your delivery to make a greater impact and close more sales
Use the power of your voice to captivate the room

If this episode about how to improve your communication skills and end that fear of public speaking inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

If you have a message you want to share and you want to reach a wider audience with it, hosting a podcast of your own could be a great fit for you, but...

There is a downside to podcasting. Sadly, I’ve watched hundreds of entrepreneurs spend countless hours creating their shows, only to launch to crickets and gain no traction.

How do you keep that from happening to you? There are five things you need to know BEFORE launching a podcast, so that if you’re considering launching one for your business, you can make sure it’s a good use of your time and energy before you go through all the trouble of creating one.

Seriously, don't try to create a show without listening to this episode first.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The 5 surprising misconceptions about podcasting that you should know before launching ideas for creating a podcast
The reason most podcasts fail (hint: it’s not what you think)
How a podcast can save you time when it comes to content creation
The science behind creating, launching, and leveraging a profitable show that creates more traffic and sales for your business

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

If you have a message to share but you’re frustrated by how long it takes to grow a following on social media and you’re not sure how to reach a wider audience without forking over thousands on Facebook ads, today’s episode is for you.
Having a podcast of your own can be one of the fastest ways to build your authority without spending a dime on ads.

But, if you don’t want your podcast to fade into obscurity never being heard by your ideal clients on Apple, you need to have the right strategy going into it, so that you’re not wasting your time.

You’re about to hear the story of how my guest today, Jess O’Connell, managed to launch her podcast and land the number #8 spot on the Apple charts — without spending a dime.

Whether you have a podcast, are thinking of launching one, or even if a podcast isn’t remotely on your radar, you won't want to miss these launch secrets Jess spills inside this episode.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

What Jess did to launch her podcast and land her show on the charts in between Brendon Burchard and Angie Lee
The things you can’t Google about podcast strategy, to ensure a successful show launch
Why you don’t need to have a business in order to have a profitable podcast
How to launch anything — whether that’s your podcast, your course, or your product, and turn it into a gold mine

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

If you listen to podcasts, then maybe you’ve considered hosting one of your own to help grow your business.

Sadly, I’ve watched hundreds of entrepreneurs spend countless hours creating their shows, only to launch to crickets and gain no traction. And what good is a podcast if it doesn’t get you more sales and clients?

You can't launch a podcast based on "hope." But you can build a highly successful show with the right strategy.

Don't worry — I've got the strategy, and I want to show you how to create, launch, and leverage your message into a show that positions you as a credible leader in your industry and creates more traffic and sales for your business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

Where most podcasters go wrong when it comes to creating their show
The science behind today’s successful, profitable podcasts
The three big mistakes most podcasters make that causes their podcast to get overlooked
Why a podcast is the fastest way for you to build authority and get your message in front of more people

PLUS, find out what separates podcasts no one’s ever heard of from ones that get tens of thousands of downloads every episode — and how you can create a show that gets the attention it deserves.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram@theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

I can’t begin to tell you the number of lessons learned during my time as an entrepreneur.

What I can tell you is that the speed of your business growth — and your personal growth — depends on how well you learn these lessons.

In today’s episode, I’m sharing a big lesson learned (and one I paid $23K for) that was necessary to propel me to my next level of growth.

I’m sharing it with you so that hopefully, you can take this same lesson and apply it to your business, without the hefty price tag.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The $23K mistake I made that kept me stuck for almost three years and the lessons I learned
The reason personal development alone wasn’t enough to avoid this mistake
How I wound up turning this $23K mistake into a profit
The secret ingredient you need to avoid a major mistake like this

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram@theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

If you’re feeling called to do something different in your business but you’re afraid to make the leap because you have an established personal brand, then you need to listen to today’s episode.

Elaine had been featured in Forbes, the Huffington Post, and over 500+ media sites, and had 300,000+ followers across her social media channels when she pivoted her business, and today, she’s sharing her secrets about pivoting in business and personal rebranding.

Finding your purpose is something money can’t buy, and today, Elaine is going to show you how to pivot your business and have a successful personal rebrand or an easy way to pivot in business… even when everyone is watching.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The best way to pivot your business when you feel pulled in a different direction
How to know when to follow a new idea
Why a personal rebranding is sometimes necessary — and how to do it effectively
How to reignite your creativity when you’re feeling bored with what you’re currently doing

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram@theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Have you struggled to figure out how to navigate the ups, downs, and distractions of working at home and juggling your life and family?

Whether you’ve recently transitioned to working from home or you’ve been at it for a while, you’re going to love these actionable takeaways to make working from home feel a little more effortless.

Today’s guest, Debbie Arcangeles, is founder of The OffBeat Life: a company dedicated to helping remote workers succeed, and she’s here today to give you her ultimate work-at-home survival guide.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

Practical advice for working at home with kids
Tips for scheduling and structuring your day so that you can optimize your productivity and the best tips for working from home
The best method for setting good boundaries between work and home life
PLUS, you’ll learn how to protect your mental health and energy while working at home

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Have you ever set New Years Resolutions that don’t last?

Who are we kidding, chances are you definitely have! And there’s a surprising reason most New Years Resolutions don’t last beyond twelve days.

Inside today’s episode, you’ll discover the secret to creating New Year Goals that stick, and the simple process that makes achieving goals easy and effortless.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

The surprising truth about why most new years resolutions don’t last
The 10 reasons you should ditch new years resolutions altogether
The secret to setting new year goals that actually stick, and
The backward method to achieving goals in your life and business

PLUS, you’re going to get the cheat sheet for setting new year goals in a way that tricks your brain into achieving them.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

I've been reflecting a lot on how 2020 has changed the future of entrepreneurship.

Throughout 2020, we've seen a huge shift in people moving their businesses online, but without the skills for entrepreneurship that they need to succeed. That’s why inside of today's episode, I’m making my predictions for the future of entrepreneurship. Is it for the better? Listen in and find out.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

The shocking reason most entrepreneurs fail
The four necessary skills for entrepreneurship (Bet you can’t guess number one!)
The future of entrepreneurship in 2021
How to tell if your business is geared for growth (or not)

PLUS: Discover the four simple steps to living an EffortLESS Life®, and get the skills for entrepreneurship you need to succeed.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

What is the true definition of success?

If you’ve ever wondered what the meaning of success is, or how to define successful, today’s episode is for you.

With the way the world has changed, my hope is that when you finish listening today, you’ll begin to recognize that the meaning of success is what you define it to be.

Today’s episode is special, because of over 25+ guests who I had the pleasure of interviewing on the podcast this year, none of them had the same answer to the question I asked at the end of each interview: “What is your definition of success?”

The way they define successful for themselves is fascinating. Today, you’re going to get an insider's peek into the minds of these six- and seven-figure entrepreneurs’ unique take on the meaning of success, so you can get inspired, learn how to define what success looks like for you, and get out there to create it.

As we move forward together into our new and brighter future, my hope for you is that you’ll learn to stop chasing someone else’s definition of success, and start chasing your own.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Wouldn't you agree that having mental clarity and knowing how to increase energy levels is important when you’re an entrepreneur?

If your answer is yes, but you’re not sure how to increase energy levels or increase productivity, then you’re in for a treat inside today’s episode.

Melissa Eboli, our guest today, is a Dr. Oz-featured Culinary Nutrition Expert and certified wellness counselor who’s going to show you how to increase energy levels, enhance your mental clarity, and discover the nutrient-packed foods that reduce stress and increase productivity.

Who knew getting rid of stress and sharpening your mental clarity could be so simple?!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

Four foods that reduce stress and increase productivity that are probably in your fridge
The simple food swaps you can make to increase mental clarity
Why time blocking and organizing aren’t the best ways to increase productivity
Why taking care of you and becoming a master at knowing how to increase energy levels, increase productivity, and gain mental clarity is the first essential ingredient in the recipe of entrepreneurial success

Celebrity Chef Melissa is ready to dish on how to do all this and more!

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Knowing how to calculate your hourly rate as an entrepreneur can feel tricky.

But knowing how to calculate your hourly rate as an entrepreneur is critical if you're looking to make more money with less effort.

Inside of today's episode, I'll walk you through a simple, step-by-step process so you can learn how to calculate your hourly rate and know where to spend time in your business to make more money (and kiss those useless strategies for time management goodbye!)

WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

Why the strategies for time management you're currently using aren't working
What it's costing you in your business when you don't how to calculate your hourly rate
The simple two step process for learning how to calculate your hourly rate so you can understand the value of your time on a much deeper level
How to recognize what strategies for time management are a waste of your time, so you know exactlywhat activities to spend your time on and generate more revenue

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Wish you knew how to do a better job of standing out among the crowd and establishing your thought leadership in your industry?

Today’s guest is here to show you the surprising ways you can start speaking your truth and outshine your competition by using your unique voice to lead, persuade, and influence others.

Adrienne Garland is not only a consultant to Fortune 1000 brands in the media, entertainment, and tech industries, she is an expert in digital marketing, business strategy, and relationship building.

She has a passion for helping women entrepreneurs and female founders like you learn how to speak your truth and establish your thought leadership in your industry.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

The secret to getting ahead in business through relationship building
The concrete, actionable steps you can take right now to establish your thought leadership in your industry
How to speak your truth and use your unique voice to lead, persuade, and influence others
The counterintuitive way to outshine your competition and foster a legacy that lasts

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Wish you could convert more of your audience into paying clients simply by telling your brand story?

Today’s guest is the amazing Nick Demos: a Tony-award-winning producer and filmmaker turned business coach who now helps entrepreneurs like you learn to master the art of storytelling and story selling, so you can scale your business by telling your personal brand story in a powerful and compelling way.

\Inside today’s episode, Nick shares why the art of storytelling is the quickest and most influential way to build instant know-like-and-trust with your audience and articulate the value in the transformation that you provide, through your brand story.

Even if you think your story isn’t all that great (or that you don’t have one) Nick is going to teach you the origins of the art of storytelling and show you how to take everyday moments and turn them into magical, relatable points of connection that magnetize your audience to you and compel them to take action.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why despite popular belief, telling your brand story is not about you
The most common mistake people make when telling their brand story
How to beat your competition by mastering the art of storytelling in your marketing strategy
What to do if you feel like you don’t know how to tell stories, or if your stories aren’t all that inspiring

PLUS, Nick will teach you step-by-step how to find relatable points of connection in your everyday life that you can turn into riveting elements of your overall brand story to attract more of your audience and convert them into paying clients and customers.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Last week on Episode 44, we talked about seven hacks you could steal right now to clear clutter, get organized, and streamline and simplify your digital workspaces. But...

When you look deeper, the desire to clean and clear clutter is not just about increasing productivity and getting organized so you can focus better. It’s an attempt to fix what’s going on in your inner world that feels out of place and out of control.

That’s why inside today’s episode, we’re talking about how to clear the three things that cause you to feel cluttered inwardly, so you can experience deeper emotional healing (and so the clutter you see outwardly is less likely to come back).

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

The three main causes of emotional clutter
How clearing inner clutter is the secret to getting organized and experiencing emotional healing
Why choosing to ignore internal clutter hurts your productivity
The steps you can take right now to experience emotional healing, get organized, and get back in control of your life

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

With more people working remotely now than ever, finding ways to get organized and increase productivity is top of mind for everyone.

That's why I've put together an exclusive declutter challenge episode for you today, where I'm going to dish on seven of my favorite tools you can steal right now to get organized, increase productivity, and streamline and simplify your digital workspaces.

As an entrepreneur, it’s important you know how to keep your digital workspaces clean and clutter-free so you can increase productivity, stay focused, and get real work done without all of those annoying distractions that suck your time, energy, and attention.

That's why this episode is structured as a declutter challenge of sorts, chock-full of practical, actionable advice you can apply right now to get out of overwhelm and get organized for good.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S SPECIAL DECLUTTER CHALLENGE, YOU'LL LEARN:

The number one hidden cause of home-office clutter
My seven favorite tools you can steal right now to declutter your digital workspaces and increase productivity
The biggest mistake people make when trying to get organized
How to fix that overflowing inbox once and for all
PLUS two simple phone hacks that'll automatically increase your productivity

Are you up for the Digital Workspace Decluttering Challenge? If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review **and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Ever wonder what it really means to be a heart-centered entrepreneur? It boils down to one of the single most important characteristics of your entrepreneurial mindset: authenticity.

My guest today, Anna Frandsen, teaches entrepreneurs like you how to work smart not hard, develop your entrepreneurial mindset, and enjoy your entrepreneur journey on a deeper level by running your business from your heart, not your head.

Inside today’s episode, she’s going to show you how to work smart not hard by getting more visible, making more sales, and expressing the fullness of who you are by letting go of whatever is holding you back from showing up in your business as your most authentic self.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL ALSO DISCOVER:

How developing a heart-centered entrepreneurial mindset will help you bring in more sales and boost your visibility
Why doing things the same way as everybody else isn’t a proven path to success
Where you should focus your time and attention throughout your entrepreneur journey
How to work smart not hard by letting go and doing less in order to profit more

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram@theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Today we’re talking about the two things you MUST learn how to do well if you want to achieve real entrepreneurial success.

Inside today's episode, I’m going to show you what these two things are so you can work smarter not harder and take your business to the next level in less time, and with less effort.

I’m also going to show you how to grow a business by mastering these two habits of entrepreneurial success, so they become second nature and so you can experience the freedom you started your business for in the first place.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The two simple habits you must practice every day if you want to experience true entrepreneurial success
How to grow a business by adopting these two simple habits
Why you can’t expect to achieve entrepreneurial success if you outsource these two things
How I practice these habits daily to grow my own business
What it really means to work smarter not harder

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Imagine if you had 10x the confidence, what’s the scariest thing you’d do differently in your business?

If you’re an entrepreneur, chances are you’ve wondered how to conquer fear so that it no longer holds you back from doing the work you’ve been put on this earth to do.

The truth is, fear will always be there. But the good news is that conquering fear isn't as hard as you might think. You can learn how to overcome fear so that it no longer has power over you.

In today’s episode, I’m inviting you to listen in on a raw, real, and powerful conversation I had with two friends of mine — Natalie Viglione and Diane McDermott — about conquering fear. We talk about how to overcome fear so you can finally experience what it’s to have true freedom and experience more growth in your business.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

How being physically present to fear can help you learn how to overcome fear faster
Why conquering fear feels so challenging when building your business, and the steps you can take right now to make it easier
How to overcome fear by trusting your intuition
What it means to cultivate true courage, so that learning how to overcome fear is a non-issue
PLUS: The 5 questions you can ask yourself to identify what fear you’re struggling with specifically, so you can learn how to overcome fear more effectively

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway. And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram@theeffortlesslife.cofor more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Does picking a niche and creating your ideal client avatar feel like a struggle? If you answered yes, you’re not alone!

If you’re like most, you might worry that if you niche down, you may miss out on potential business.

Or maybe, you’ve picked a niche, but you wonder if the ideal client avatar you’ve created is the right one.

Chances are, picking a niche and identifying your ideal client avatar can feel like one of the most challenging things you’ve ever done when it comes to building your business. That's why inside of today’s episode, I’m going to demystify the art of niching down and show you how to identify your ideal client avatar so you can amplify your authority, establish more credibility, and grow a bigger community of people eager to work with you — without excluding anyone!

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The top two misconceptions about niching down and identifying your ideal client avatar
The four biggest mistakes people make when picking a niche
Three non-traditional ways to pick a niche so you can speak to multiple groups of people at once
PLUS the real reason picking a niche opens you up to more possibilities and more business

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Do you have a strong desire to grow your business, but feel confused by all of the conflicting online marketing strategies out there?

If you answered yes, you're not alone! Figuring out how to grow your business while balancing work and family can feel challenging, and today's special guest, Allison Hardy, is here to help you make sense of it all.

Allison Hardy is a woman on a mission to help entrepreneurs, especially busy moms, create thriving 6-figure businesses by teaching them online marketing strategies that help them simplify, automate, and streamline so they can grow quickly and easily while balancing work and family.

Allison Hardy has been featured by Huffington Post and was named one of Washington D.C’s most influential professionals under 40 by Washington Life Magazine, and it's no wonder! Her work is helping women everywhere learn how to grow their digital business while balancing work and family, and succeed at both.

WHEN YOU WALK AWAY FROM THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

Why most cookie-cutter online marketing strategies are a waste of your time
Which online marketing strategies will help you gain more traction and reach more people, without requiring more effort
How to automate and streamline your business so that balancing work and family is a breeze, even as a solopreneur

Allison Hardy knows her stuff when it comes to online marketing strategies, and she has a soft spot in her heart for moms who are trying to balance work and family while pursuing their dreams. Whether you're a parent or not, you're going to learn a lot inside this episode that you can instantly apply to your business. If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Are you frustrated with time management tips that don’t work?

I was too… until I discovered WHY most strategies for time management are highly ineffective, and what to do instead so you have more time on your calendar to do the things you love.

That's why inside of today's episode, I'm going to show you the only strategies for time management worth keeping, and what strategies for time management to throw out the window altogether!

WHEN YOU WALK AWAY FROM THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL ALSO DISCOVER:

The TWO types of time, and how to use them to your advantage
WHY most strategies for time management don't work
The REAL reason the strategies for time management you've tried haven't worked for you
How to multiply your hours and start getting more done in less time

Ready to finally experience what it's like to have more time on your calendar and freedom to do what you love? Let's dive in!

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

If you’ve struggled to grow a business online while balancing work and family, you're going to love what you hear inside today’s episode.

But whether you’re a parent or not, you’ll walk away from this episode with the blueprint to double your client base, cross the 6 figure mark in annual income, and make a bigger impact in the world and in the lives of your clients all while growing a business online that you run, not one that runs you.

My special guest today, Katie Fleming, is going to give you her refreshingly simple strategy for growing a business online working less than 20 hours a week.

Katie is gifted at taking complex business strategy and making it simple so you can lather, rinse, and repeat it all the way to 6+ figures and beyond.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN...

The refreshingly simple 4-step framework for growing a business online
How you can start making more money working with fewer clients
The only 3 voices you need to listen to in your business
PLUS the simplest way to figure out your life’s purpose and know that you’re fulfilling your highest calling

Katie’s also going to spill her secrets on how to help your clients achieve a higher level of transformation, too.

This episode is jam-packed with actionable tools and advice, so grab those AirPods and let’s dive in!

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Do you know why most entrepreneurs struggle to identify the key revenue generating activities in their business?

It's not because they don't want to hone their entrepreneurial skills or improve their bottom line.

The truth is, most entrepreneurs are so busy chasing shiny objects and vanity metrics that they don't realize how much money they're losing by not spending time on these three simple revenue generating activities each day.

That's why inside today's episode, I’m going to reveal how to develop the entrepreneurial skills you need to get an edge on your competition and spend your time on tasks that have a greater impact on your bottom line, so you can finally start experiencing the success in entrepreneurship you deserve.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL KNOW EXACTLY:

WHAT these 3 key revenue generating activities are
WHY these entrepreneurial skills directly impact how fast or slow your business grows
HOW not spending time on these revenue generating activities each day causes you to lose money in your business
PLUS the surprisingly easy way to create wealth and unlock your true success in entrepreneurship

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Do you wish you had a better marketing strategy in place so you could sell more of your programs and products to a wider audience?

Our special guest is here today to show you why despite popular opinion, you DON’T actually need a bigger email list, a larger social media following, or a killer online marketing strategy to grow a successful business -- all you need is to master the psychology of sales.

Jen Casey, a brain-based business coach and expert in the psychology of sales, is going to help you cultivate one of the key traits of an entrepreneur you need to succeed: selling with confidence.

On the show today she’ll help you apply the lesser-known elements of the psychology of sales to your online marketing strategy so you can walk away with a new approach that will help you convert more of your traffic and leads into paying clients and customers.

Within 18 months of launching her business, Jen took her own program, “Programs that Profit,” from zero to $500,000+ in sales with no social media following, no email list, and no clue how to build an online course.

She simply applied the psychology of sales to her online marketing strategy and is going to teach you her exact techniques so you can go out and do the same.
WHEN YOU FINISH TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

Why using cookie-cutter sales tactics and online marketing strategies are a waste of your time
How to use the psychology of sales to build and sell more of your programs, products, and services
The REAL reason people have money objections when it comes to buying your stuff
Why some entrepreneurs struggle and others succeed, even when they’re using the exact same online marketing strategy

If you’ve struggled to grow your following and convert leads to sales, today’s episode is for you. Jen will show you how to master the psychology of sales so you can improve your online marketing strategy and make more money.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Did you know that hard work is not one of the required skills for entrepreneurship?

It’s counterintuitive because our culture wants you to believe that your entrepreneurial success is entirely dependent on how many hours you put into building your dream.

But guess what business built on effort alone (a limited resource) will give you? Limited results. That’s why today, we’re talking about the only three characteristics of entrepreneurship you need to master in order to unlock the DNA of a 7 figure entrepreneur, and create the influence, income, and impact you deserve.
BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

The three shockingly simple skills for entrepreneurship required for real entrepreneurial success
How mastering these characteristics of entrepreneurship helped Jeff Bezos (Amazon’s Founder) created a net worth of $200+ billion dollars
Why most entrepreneurs don’t spend time learning these skills for entrepreneurship (hence, why they’re struggling!)
How you can begin to master these 3 skills for entrepreneurship to turn your business around, starting today

Most entrepreneurs aren't lacking in ambition... they simply lack one or more of these three key characteristics of entrepreneurship required to break through to that coveted 6+ figure mark and beyond.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Ever wish it was possible to work half the time and make twice the money? It’s not a pipe dream, and you don’t have to be a time management pro to do it, either.

It is possible to work less, make more, and live a life you love, and today's special guest will show you how to be more efficient with your time. When you walk away from this episode, you'll know exactly what you need to supercharge your productivity in a way you’ve never experienced before.

Kate Northrup is an entrepreneur, bestselling author, speaker, and mother who has built a multimedia digital empire that reaches hundreds of thousands globally.

She teaches data-driven energy and time management tips that help you learn how to be more efficient, make more money, and experience less stress. Her work has been featured by The Today Show, Yahoo! Finance, Women’s Health, Glamour, The Institute of Integrative Nutrition, Wanderlust, The Huffington Post, and more.

You’re going to love the counter-intuitive time management tips Kate shares today, so you can learn how to be more efficient and grow your business without sacrificing the things you love along the way.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

A deeper understanding of why we’re culturally so obsessed with being busy
Why most time-management tips don’t work, and how YOU can start looking at time differently
Kate’s unique Upward Cycle of Success: aka, her “secret sauce” on how to be more efficient
Practical ways you can apply this exact cycle to your life and so you can learn how to be more efficient and what that means

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

One of the questions I’m often asked is, “Courtney, how do you deal with stress and anxiety?” My answer usually surprises people.

So today I thought I’d share my answer on how to destress with you in a way I’ve never done before.

Inside this episode, I explain why “Band-Aid fixes” to deal with stress and anxiety (like journaling, getting a massage, taking a bubble bath etc) aren't effective approaches for dealing with stress and anxiety, so you can put REAL tools in your toolbelt for dealing with stress and anxiety, and finally learn how to destress once and for all and get back in control of your life.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

How to know when your stress level is in the danger zone
Why stress can’t be “eliminated” or “managed” (and how to destress, instead)
The root cause of most chronic stress
The role your thoughts play in dealing with stress and anxiety
Why some people are better at finding ways to deal with stress and anxiety than others
How to mitigate stressful situations that “pop up” out of the blue (like when the water heater floods your house, a pandemic hits the globe… etc.)

When you finish listening, you’ll walk away with more effective ways to deal with stress, so you can learn how to destress, stop overworking, and find a better rhythm in between your work and life.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Wish you knew the best pricing strategies to attract qualified leads and convert the right clients?

If you’ve ever wanted to raise your rates, but you’re struggling to find the right pricing strategies because you're afraid of overpricing yourself, today’s episode is for you.

If you’re currently in a place where you HAVEN’T raised your rates…

Or you’re starting to resent the work you’re doing because you're not getting paid enough for it…

Or if you’re worried that you’ll lose clients if you start charging too much…

Listen closely. Because inside this episode, you’ll discover how to put the right pricing strategy in place so you can start getting paid what you deserve.

WHEN YOU FINISH TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

How raising your rates will help you attract more qualified leads
The counter-intuitive pricing strategies that allow you to raise your rates without losing current clients
How to overcome pricing objections more easily
The REAL reason people buy your stuff (hint: it’s NOT because of the price tag)
Why having the right prices will help you convert more of the right clients

PLUS, get the exact pricing strategy we use here at The EffortLESS Life® when pricing any of our programs, products, or services that helps us attract the right clients we love working with

Ready to discover the pricing strategies that will help you start getting paid what you’re worth so you can attract more qualified leads, convert the right clients, and finally feel what it’s like to experience true freedom in your business? If your answer is YES, listen now!

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When it comes to personal brand building, have you ever wished you could get out of your own way and simply do the thing you’re here on this earth to do?

Today’s special guest is the notable Casey Ferrand, a national award-winning journalist and children's author who doubled her brand visibility in less than 3 months when she began using the Visionary Leader Formula™ (and no, she didn't rely on the media to do it, either).

Despite having worked hard in her career for 13+ years, once she discovered what was actually holding her back from creating a brand she loved, she was able to freely walk away from something good… into something GREAT.

Today on the show, she’s here to tell you how you can get out of your own way when it comes to creating a brand and doubling your brand visibility, too.

WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

The secret sauce for boosting your personal brand visibility (hint: it’s not another marketing tactic!)
How “Imposter Syndrome” keeps you from creating a brand you love (and how to overcome it)
Why learning to believe in yourself is the first step to brand building, and where you should begin

You'll also hear about the pivotal moment that helped Casey transform her career and build a personal brand she loves and how you can too.

Casey’s story is inspiring and uplifting, and by the time you finish this episode, you'll catch a clearer glimpse of how YOU can start creating a brand you love when you learn how to get out of your own way, too.

When you finish listening, leave a review **to let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

If you’ve ever thought to yourself, “I wish I knew how to find the right strategy for business growth,” you’re not alone. But experiencing entrepreneurial success is easier than you might think.

Inside this episode, I’ll reveal the three key elements you need to become the visionary leader your business needs, so you can achieve true entrepreneurial success and start creating the bigger income and impact you deserve.

This is something I’ve never shared here on the show before… and I’m revealing it because I believe you shouldn’t have to work this hard to experience the level of entrepreneurial success you dream of.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL DISCOVER HOW TO:

Get back in control of your life and company
Learn to think like a top-level entrepreneur so you can create a greater impact
Stay focused on the key tasks that move the needle and implement the right strategy for business growth
Apply what you’ve learned so scaling your business is easy -- no more DIYing it or trying to figure it out on your own
Experience more freedom and attain entrepreneurial success as well as learn the right strategy for business growth.

You’re about to learn what most entrepreneurs, course creators, and small biz owners don’t know about business that keeps them stuck and struggling.

What you hear here today is guaranteed to help you see your business differently, so you can start to do business differently and ultimately attain entrepreneurial success.

When you finish listening, leave a review **to let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Did you know that most people can’t afford a $400 emergency? Few are able to save for retirement.

The average wealth for single black women in the prime of their working years in this country is $5, while the median wealth for single white women during the prime of their working years, meanwhile, is $42,600 (according to data from the 2007 Survey of Consumer Finances).

This is one of the reasons why this topic needs to be talked about now more than ever.

I can think of no one better to talk about it than Naseema McElroy, our special guest today, who’s Forbes-featured debt strategy allowed her to pay off $1 Million dollars in debt in two years, and to save an additional $200,000 since she became debt free.

Today you’re going to get her simple, actionable tools so you can learn how to become financially independent.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The underrated power of your mindset as it relates to money
How to identify your “money story” and begin to look at your finances differently
The fastest way to improve your financial situation, no matter where you are so you can learn how to become financially independent
The easy steps to tap into the abundance that is always available to you

When you finish listening, leave a review **to let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

If you’re someone who wants to get your message in front of more people, today’s episode is for you.

I’m going to show you how to amplify your authority, build your brand, and reach a wider audience, without worrying about what others might think, simply by tapping into the power of your authentic voice.

When you finish listening, you'll have the exact tools you need to overcome your fear of speaking up so you can finally experience what it's like to say what you truly want to say.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER HOW TO:

FIND your powerful inner voice to brand building
USE it to stand out from the crowd and captivate the room as a form of brand management
LEAD with your heart to serve your community, and make a bigger impact in the world without fear of what others will think

If you’ve ever struggled with what to say or how to say it, you’re going to love these three simple steps to find and use your voice so you can show up and serve authentically as only you can to start brand building and start the brand management process.

When you finish listening, leave a review **to let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Do you struggle to know what online marketing tips will bring the most traffic to your virtual door?

Let’s face it: there are a lot of people growing businesses online, but unfortunately, not a lot of them are doing it right.

Rest assured: there’s a ton of opportunity for you to rise to the top of the crowd— and plenty of room when you get there — and today’s guest is going to show you exactly how to stand out from the rest so you can reach a wider audience and help more people.

My guest today, Jess O’Connell, is here to show you how to take your unique skill set and turn it into a profitable online business so you can make the bigger income and impact you deserve.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

The simple framework for communicating what you do in a way that people instantly understand
How to stir more desire and create more demand for your products with less content
How to use the expertise you already have to create powerful solutions for your audience’s problems
How to stop hiding, get out of your own way, and learn the science behind good marketing so you can stop hearing crickets and start getting clients

When you finish listening, leave a review **to let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

What if you knew how to stop self doubt in its tracks?

Imagine if every time you set out to launch a new product or get on a call with a potential new client, you didn’t hear that voice in your head saying… “who are you to be doing this?”

Imagine if you approached your business with the self-confidence of a 7 figure entrepreneur, and never questioned your abilities, your level of expertise, or your self worth ever again.

What would this make possible in your business?

Today, I’m going to show you how to trade in that voice of self doubt for the voice of unshakeable confidence and belief in yourself.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The major reason WHY most entrepreneurs struggle during the first 2 - 5 years of business
Why imposter syndrome is a good thing
The counter-intuitive way to build unshakable confidence in yourself
How to use unpleasant emotions to your advantage and overcome self-doubt for good

Because what if overcoming self doubt wasn’t about learning how to gain MORE confidence… what if it’s about discovering the confidence that’s already inside of you?

When you finish listening, leave a review **to let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Have you ever struggled to get your spouse or significant other to join you on your journey of personal growth?

Today’s special guest, Janelle Fraser helps couples navigate communication, intimacy, and the ups and downs of life together.

As a relationship and intimacy expert, Janelle helps couples grow together in their personal partnerships, so you can reconnect with the person you love and feel like you did when you said “I do.”

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

The cost of busy-ness and burnout on your personal partnerships and relationships
What to do when you’re on a journey of growth and your partner is not
How to be fully present in your personal relationships, and do successful, meaningful work without sacrificing one for the other

When you finish listening, leave a review **to let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

One of the most common complaints I hear from struggling entrepreneurs is that they don’t know how to identify the right steps to reach goals.

And when it comes to goal setting, there’s a lot of misleading info out there.

How would it feel if every time you set a goal, you were crystal clear on the exact steps you needed to take, already outlined in a simple plan that you execute to hit them?

Inside today’s episode, I’m going to show you the shockingly simple steps to hit any goal in life you’ve ever set. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The 5 questions you must ask yourself before setting any goal
How to silence that nagging voice in your head that tries to convince you your goals aren't realistic
Why not hitting your goals in your desired time frame means nothing about you
PLUS the specific, goal-setting tools you need to hit any goal you ever dream of -- yes, really.

When you finish listening, leave a review **to let us know your biggest takeaway from this episode.

And make sure you're following us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Figuring out which targeted marketing strategies are right for your business can feel overwhelming and confusing.

Zach Spuckler, our guest today, is a Facebook Ads expert and digital marketing strategist who’s here to show you the only targeted marketing strategies for your marketing plans you need to reach a wider audience, without spending a fortune.

After founding Heart Soul & Hustle and making 1.5 million dollars in online courses and coaching sales, Zach knows his way around Facebook Ads, marketing plans, and product launches.

He's now the chief marketing extraordinaire at his Facebook Ads & Consulting Agency where he works with his clients to achieve multi-six-figure launches and helps them figure out which marketing plans and strategies are best to fill their marketing funnel and grow their customer base.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

How to predict which marketing plans and targeted marketing strategies will be most effective for your business
Are Facebook Ads really worth my time and money?
How to crush your next launch with Facebook Ads and targeted marketing strategies, even if your working hours are limited
Why the hustle-mentality is overrated, and why hard work is not a prerequisite for your success
PLUS, Zach shares his unique take on what it means to hustle intentionally.

When you finish listening, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway from today’s episode whether it’s about targeted marketing strategies or marketing plans.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

On this special episode of The Systems Made Simple™ Podcast, we're speaking with one extraordinary entrepreneur who discovered her capacity for resilience when losing her husband to cancer led her to her calling.

Her name is Crystalyn Aucoin, she’s the founder and chief designer of Crystalyn Aucoin Jewelry, whose mission is to inspire women to overcome hardship and live a purposeful life.

If you’re going through a tough time, this episode will help you learn how to build resilience, overcome hardship, and turn life’s challenges into your greatest triumphs.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN

The surprising secret on how to overcome hardship in your life
How building resilience can help you break free from the voice in your head
Three easy ways you can learn the keys to building resilience even in the toughest of times
The exact steps Crystalyn took to create a five-figure launch of her product line, even amidst challenging circumstances
PLUS, how to overcome the fear of launching something new

When you finish listening, leave a review to let us know your biggest takeaway from today’s episode about how to overcome hardship in business or the keys to building resilience.

Follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Getting diagnosed with — and beating cancer — was not how I expected to start my journey as an entrepreneur.

When I got the diagnosis, I realized the real price I’d paid for my success: it cost me my health, my relationships, and so many of the things in life that mattered to me.

That’s when I decided to make a massive change and figure out how to break the cycle of burnout for good and adopt a positive attitude.

Today I’m diving deep to show you the four, life-changing lessons I learned from beating cancer, and how you can apply these same lessons to maintain a positive attitude through life’s hardships.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

The four life-changing decisions I made that changed the trajectory of my life and business for the better
Why this unimaginable challenge was not the end of my story, but the beginning of a new one
How beating cancer led me to rediscover gifts and talents I’d buried — and how you can too
How losing control gave me more freedom than I could have ever expected, and how you can claim the same kind of freedom for your life, too

It’s my hope that in sharing these personal lessons with you, that you can learn from my mistakes and finally experience the joy, freedom, and fulfillment in life you’re seeking to cultivate positive thinking.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

We’re back this week with our special guest, James Wedmore! If you’re a loyal listener then you heard him last week on the show (Episode 18), where we opened up a powerful conversation on these things called limiting beliefs.

He shared the truth about what these self limiting beliefs are, how they’re created, and how they can help or hurt your growth.

Our goal inside this special two-part episode series is to help you take a look under the hood at these subtle, sneaky things called limiting beliefs which are always at play in your life — whether or not you realize it — to help you understand that achieving success is not about the number of hours you put in, it’s about the beliefs under the surface that are either helping you grow, or holding you back.

WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The underrated power of your emotions
The biggest sin in marketing
How to identify the self limiting beliefs that are holding you back
How to get over the fear of what other people think of you
PLUS, an inside look at James Wedmore’s personal definition of success

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

You’ve probably heard it said that “Whether you think you can or you can’t, you’re right.” And when it comes to thinking positive and limiting beliefs, that couldn’t be more true.

Today I’m excited to introduce you to a very special guest and good friend of mine, James Wedmore, who is here to shed some light on these things we call limiting beliefs and teach you how we create them, why we have them, and what to do to reframe any that might be limiting you.

If you don’t know James Wedmore, then you’re in for a treat. For the past 10 years, James has taught entrepreneurs and online business owners how to ditch the “hustle” mentality and create success from the inside out.

James Wedmore and I agree that your success doesn’t depend on how much time, energy, or effort you put in.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

What the heck limiting beliefs even are
Why limiting beliefs prevent you from getting the results in life and in business that you want
The two types of limiting beliefs you create
Why thinking positive and being more productive aren’t enough to hit your goals
The surprisingly simple method to align your limiting beliefs with the outcomes you want in life (HINT: This is which is where things become truly effortLESS).

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Have you ever struggled to figure out how to get motivated at work, or in any area of your life?

Most industry “experts” claim that all you need to do when you’re feeling unmotivated is to be more disciplined and take more action, but they’re wrong.Being more disciplined doesn’t help you understand why motivation disappears in the first place, and once you know how to overcome a lack of motivation at work or in any area of your life, it’ll never be a hindrance to you hitting your goals again.

WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

The major mistake that keeps you feeling unmotivated, stuck, and struggling
Why motivation seems to vanish into thin air (and how to get it back)
The one powerful inner shift that will help you stop feeling unmotivated and start seeing results that stick
The surprising cause of lack of motivation at work, and the secret truth about motivation that even smart entrepreneurs don’t understand, so you can stay on your game no matter what challenges come your way.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Thinking back to the early days of my business with no experience and no budget to hire help, I had to figure out a LOT of things on my own. Learning how to ask for help was one of them.

If you know you need help when it comes to growing your business but aren’t sure how to get it, then listen closely to this episode because I’m going to show you how to get the support you need.

The faster you can hone the skill of recognizing when you need help, then learning how to ask for help, the faster you’ll grow — plain and simple.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

The staggering cost of NOT asking for help (and why it’s not quicker or cheaper for you to do it yourself)
Why learning how to ask for help is a sign of strength, not weakness
The surprising mindset shift that will dramatically improve your productivity and help you get the support you need
My favorite outsourcing tools you can steal right now (especially if you have a limited budget)

PLUS I’ll let you in on one neat psychology trick that makes asking for help easier and (almost always) guarantees you an emphatic “yes!”

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Wish you knew how to build more confidence?

Today’s guest on the show is the talented Kate Crocco, a psychotherapist, author, and confidence coach who specializes in teaching ambitious female leaders how to build confidence and navigate the ups and downs of entrepreneurship.

She’s here today to help you learn how to achieve success faster, simply by developing the positive mindset you need to succeed.

Kate is on a mission to empower women to go after their dreams by first breaking down the walls and fears that hold them back from greatness.

She’s broken down industry barriers and shattered the walls of her comfort zone to pursue her dreams, write multiple books, and show thousands of women how to build unshakeable confidence, too.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

The surprising truth about where confidence actually comes from
How to follow that voice inside of you, even when you’re afraid of what it’s saying
The fastest way to crush your fear of getting visible
The one simple mindset shift that helps you overcome the fear of rejection
PLUS, Kate will give you an inside peek at the traditional book publishing process, and share three steps you can take right now if you have a book you want to write.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Welcome to Part II of this special two-part Episode series: healing from trauma and finding the new normal in a post-COVID world.

If you jumped straight to this episode without listening to the one before this, I highly recommend you go back and listen to Episode 13 first, because that’s where we laid the foundation for what we’re diving into today on recovering from trauma.

In order to find a new normal with any curveball life throws your way, it’s important to first understand what trauma is and what happens on an emotional level when you experience trauma (which is what we did in the previous episode), and what needs to happen next so you can find your new normal and feel safe and secure once again (which is what we’ll dive into today).

WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

How our innate need for survival can either help or hurt you in finding a new normal
The action steps you can take right now to heal from trauma and better prepare yourself for any period of life’s uncertainty
The underrated silver lining to recovering from trauma
How to strengthen your resilience through uncertain and difficult times

Now is the time to equip yourself with the tools you need to handle any crisis that comes your way, without falling victim to the stress, and fear that so many others choose to let overwhelm them.

You might even walk away from this episode with a new normal that was even better than the normal you knew before.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

The global COVID-19 outbreak has caused people to deal with uncertainty in ways they never have before.

Life as we know it has been flipped on its head. If you’re like most, you’re ready for things to get back to normal and to heal from trauma this pandemic has caused.

While it stirs up a lot of negative emotions like fear, anxiety, stress, overwhelm, desperation, frustration, even anger… it is possible to feel happy, deal with uncertainty, and heal from trauma in spite of it all, and inside of today’s episode, I’m going to show you how.

In order to find your new normal, both in this situation and with any curveball life throws your way, it’s important to first understand:

what trauma is
what happens on an emotional level when you experience trauma, and
what needs to happen next so that you can feel safe and secure once again, deal with uncertainty and ultimately heal from trauma

There’s a lot to unpack here, which is why this special episode is broken out into two parts: first, to lay the foundation on how to deal with uncertainty; then, to identify the next best action steps to take to heal from trauma so you can feel happy once again.

What I won’t give you is a checklist of things to feel happy, like get 8 hours of sleep and take your vitamins and get fresh air like all the experts out there on the news are touting, because giving you more things to do, (especially with no real reason for doing them), doesn’t help you long-term. And I’m here to help.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL KNOW

WHERE trauma really comes from
WHY your perception of trauma makes a big difference in how you’re able to show up in the world and to perform to the best of your ability in life
The difference between “big T trauma” and “little t trauma”
The reason why it’s so important to learn how to deal with uncertainty, and work through and heal from trauma
Concrete ways to deal with uncertainty that you can use right now to feel happy, safe, and secure once again and heal from trauma

Fair warning: this episode it’s not for the faint of heart. It’s definitely not for those who aren’t willing to take a deeper look at what’s really going on under the surface on how to deal with uncertainty and heal from trauma.

If you’re serious about learning how to take charge of your emotional and psychological wellbeing and heal from trauma so you can find your new normal, then pop in those earbuds and let’s dive in! Then, make sure you join me back next week when we dive into Part 2 of this episode series, where I’ll show you how to find your new normal so you can feel happy and find your rhythm once again.

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Building self-confidence is one of the most critical skills for success as an entrepreneur.

But when self-doubt creeps in and undermines your progress, overcoming imposter syndrome can feel like an impossible challenge.

Lucky for you, today’s special and award winning inspirational speaker, author, and American Ninja Warrior finalist, Hoan Do, is here to give you practical advice you can use right now to build self confidence so you can do what you’ve been put on this earth to do and leave your mark on the world.

WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN HOW TO:

Overcome imposter syndrome and embrace your unique identity
Cultivate and build the self-confidence of a seven-figure entrepreneur
Flip the self-doubt script so you can get paid to do more of what you love
Start building a legacy and leave your mark on the world

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When you’re an entrepreneur, burnout is inevitable… unless you’re equipped to take care of yourself by understanding where burnout really comes from and why it happens at such a high rate among people who are working every day pursuing their passion and their dream.

Don’t worry -- if you’re suffering from burnout, it’s easier to get your mojo back than you might think.

As the CEO of a company focused on helping entrepreneurs scale their business without burning out, it might come as a surprise to learn that I have a HUGE problem with the self-care movement trending today.

It’s because the "quick fix tips" that are touted as solutions to bounce back from burnout.

What’s wrong with burnout tips like these? Listen into today’s episode and find out!

WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

The surprising truth about stress, and why it can’t be“managed”
The self care practices that aren’t worth your time and what burnout really means
How to take care of yourself without feeling guilty

PLUS: The #1 reason why taking care of yourself first is the quickest way to achieve entrepreneurial success and preventing burnout

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

How many times have you ever struggled to know how to stay focused at work?

...Googled “best productivity tips” in a futile attempt to improve your productivity?

...Heard the stats on why multitasking is bad, but can’t seem to stop doing it?

Lack of focus ranks among the most common complaints I hear from the busy entrepreneurs and ambitious leaders I work with.

But I’m here today to tell you that it’s not a focus problem you have… it’s a clarity problem.

Inside of today’s episode, you’re going to discover why.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL ALSO LEARN:

The hidden dangers of multitasking (and its staggering cost to your bottom line)
Why run-of-the-mill ‘focus techniques’ and ‘productivity tips don’t work
How to stay focused, even when the unexpected happens
PLUS: the few productivity tips that are worth your time to maximize how to stay focused

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review **and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Scaling a business based on the belief that you need to work harder and hustle more will only leave you frustrated, discouraged, and stuck.

That’s because all the small business growth strategies in the world won’t fix a broken mindset.

When Christina first came to me, she was struggling to grow her business like she wanted to, despite working at her max and applying all of the small business growth strategies her industry leaders told her to do.

I remember Christina telling me, “It felt like there was a huge gap between where I was, and where I wanted to be. I started wondering, is this all there is to life?”

Inside today’s exclusive episode you’ll hear how Christina’s life transformed when she started applying the Visionary Leader Formula™ to her business, and how it resulted in faster progress and higher profits than she’d ever experienced from all of the other programs and conferences she’d previously invested in, combined. She shares ultimately her secrets to scaling a business quickly and efficiently.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER HOW SHE...

Went from making virtually $0 in sales to grossing $3 MILLION+ in revenue in a single month while scaling a business
Became recognized as the top two salesperson in her region and named Sales Manager of her own branch
Learned how to identify and let go of the underlying limiting beliefs holding her back, while scaling a business
Opened the door to incredible new opportunities she would never have experienced otherwise
Has successfully streamlined her operations and kept her business on this trajectory for 2+ years since

If you feel like you’re working as hard as you can but aren’t seeing the progress you want to make as you try scaling a business, grab those AirPods and tune in now!

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review **and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Fear of failing is one of the biggest obstacles you face when it comes to entrepreneurship.

For some, the fear of failing can feel so overwhelming at times that it paralyzes them and becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy, crushing their chances of success.

For others, the fear of failing is a little thing that they’ve learned to live with, and learn from, which no longer holds them back (even though at times it may still try to creep in and undermine their progress).

Yet imagine what would become possible for you if you knew how to use it to your advantage, like fuel to propel you to the next level in your life and business. (That’d be pretty freakin’ awesome, wouldn’t it?) Your fear of failing would simply dissipate.

Inside today’s episode, I’m going to give you the tools you need to identify what fears are holding you back, where they come from, and how to shift your perspective so you can navigate through them and overcome the fear of failing for good.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

The key distinction between real and imagined fear (and why your brain interprets them the same way)
How to tune into your unique emotional response to fear, so you can get to the root of what’s causing it
The 4 easy steps to uncover and dismantle any fears you’re experiencing
How to shift your perspective, overcome that fear of failing, and learn how to use it to your advantage

Assuming your fears will never disappear, how long will you wait to move forward? What’s the key to learning from failure?

We all feel fear. The real question is, will you allow it to stop you, or allow it to fuel you forward?

How will you overcome the fear of failure?

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review **and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Today’s episode is all about getting into the right entrepreneurial mindset.

Did you know the words you speak don’t only describe the world around you? They CREATE the world around you, which is why today, I’m going to reveal three words you need to stop saying right now to help you get into that right entrepreneurial mindset.

If you want to have a bigger influence, reach the next level in your life and business, develop the mindset of an entrepreneur, this episode is for you.

The words you think; the words you say — can prevent you from developing a positive entrepreneurial mindset. Whatever you speak or think, you attune our focus to. This slowly develops a pattern of thinking over time. Eventually, that pattern of thinking forms a HABIT. And before you know it, that habit shows up in your life without you even realizing it.

Why? Because the habit feels COMFORTABLE.

And you know what they say about comfort zones and change. Comfort zones are the enemy of developing the mindset of an entrepreneur.

The tricky part is, most of us aren’t aware of how we build our comfort zones around us, because we never realize how deeply powerful our words really are.

It’s YOUR responsibility to write a different story. And I’ve designed today’s episode to help you gain new awareness so that you can make sure the story you’re writing is the story you want to be living.

Start paying attention to your words. They can keep you stuck, or propel you forward in business. They can make your life feel heavy, or they can make your life feel light. They can discourage you, or they can encourage you.

What words are YOU going to speak life into today?

And more importantly, what words are YOU going to speak into YOUR LIFE? What words will you use to develop an entrepreneurial mindset?

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

WHAT it means to create your reality, using your words
WHY the words you speak have the power to either help you reach your goals, or keep you from achieving them
TWO simple steps that will help you tune into the words you speak so you can expand the outer limits of your comfort zone
PLUS: Three words to stop using right now so you can develop an entrepreneurial mindset

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review **and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

If you're like most, knowing how to structure your day for optimal success as an entrepreneur can be a challenge, can't it?

How do you best utilize your time to get it all done? What are the successful habits you should be practicing each day?

Our special guest today, Melanie Mitro, is going to teach you the essential successful habits of successful people and show you how to incorporate them into your daily routine so you can get more done, with less effort.

Melanie also shares a raw and real look at her own experience with burnout and how to structure your day so you can protect your most valuable business asset: your energy.

WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

The top successful habits of successful people you can practice right now to reduce your workload
What it means to work intentionally, and how to structure your day to focus on what matters
The key habits of successful people that will help you build instant know, like, and trust with your audience
How to show up consistently as a leader for your community, even when your life feels like a hot mess

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review **and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Ever wonder why the "quick fix tips" for achieving work life balance don’t work?

It’s estimated that entrepreneurial burnout costs the U.S. upwards of $300 BILLION annually due to business closures. As an entrepreneur, you’re under a lot of pressure when it comes to growing a successful business and balancing work and family.

Even though achieving work life balance might feel next to impossible, there IS a way to find a better rhythm when balancing work and family, and inside of today’s episode, I’m going to show you how.

WHEN YOU FINISH THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

The 3 surprising myths that keep you from achieving work life balance
The psychological cost of burnout and the surprising reasons why most tips for achieving work life balance are ineffective
The key three-step framework you can follow right now to experience greater work-life satisfaction

If this episode inspires you in some way, leave us a review **and let us know your biggest takeaway.

And while you've got your phone out, make sure to follow us on Instagram @theeffortlesslife.co for more daily tips on how to simplify your workflows so you can spend more time in your zone of genius!**

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Have you ever experienced the disappointment of setting a goal in life you didn’t hit?

Unfortunately, most people are going about setting goals the wrong way. Worse, they don’t realize it, which is why they keep winding up with none of the results they want.

The average New Year’s Resolution lasts a mere twelve days. So why is it that most people want to achieve their goals in life, but few actually do?

Inside today’s episode, I’ll show you the shocking reason why most smart goals go unmet. HINT: It has nothing to do with the goals themselves, and everything to do with the way you’re setting them.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL HAVE A DEEPER UNDERSTANDING OF:

How to avoid the common pitfalls that keep most people from achieving their goals in life
Why you should ditch the out-dated SMART goal setting method and replace it with these two essential action steps instead
The 5 Questions you must ask yourself before goal setting
How to remove any potential roadblocks that stand in the way

If this episode inspires you in some way, I'd love to hear your biggest takeaway. Take a screenshot of you listening on your device, post it to your Instagram stories and tag us @theeffortlesslife.co!

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

When it comes to setting goals for growth and revenue in your business, what’s your strategy?
You do have an effective strategy for smart goal setting, right?
If not, every day you don’t have a specific method in place for setting goals that are clear and measurable (or if the smart goal setting methods you’ve tried haven’t worked), your business loses precious revenue and you lose precious time.

When you implement the simple, 90x goal planner system you’ll discover inside of today’s episode, you’ll have the secret sauce for setting goals you can measure, track, and achieve faster so you can get an edge on your competition and propel your business forward.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL LEARN:

The surprising reason why traditional methods for setting goals don’t work
Smart goal setting practices that will supercharge your focus & productivity
Advice on how to set goals and break them down to make them attainable
How to achieve any goal you want -- yes any goal! -- in as little as 90 days

Today’s special guest is the creator of the 90x planner, a unique smart goal setting tool unlike any other method out there for setting goals.

He’ll help you stay focused and make real progress toward your biggest goals and dreams by showing you how to implement the only smart goal setting method you need to for setting goals big and small.

If you enjoy this episode and it inspires you in some way, I'd love to hear your biggest takeaway. Take a screenshot of you listening on your device, post it to your Instagram stories and tag me, @theeffortlesslife.co ! If you use the 90x planner, make sure you tag Alon David @90xgoalplanner too and let him know how the 90x planner has helped you with smart goal setting!

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Wish you knew the secrets to work smarter not harder?

HINT: It starts with cultivating a real entrepreneur mindset.
To take your business to the next level, you must first cultivate a true growth mindset and let go of the belief that "hard work and hustle" are key ingredients for success.

I’ve spent the last 6 years researching and discovering the answer behind why we believe that hard work is just what it takes to be successful. I've pushed the limits to see if it's really possible to work less and make more. The results are astonishing, and if you've been searching for a way to grow your business faster without working harder, then you'll love what you hear inside today's episode.

"Work smarter not harder" is no longer just a cliche. It's a real possibility when you put these key strategies into place and learn the steps you need to develop the entrepreneur mindset of a true visionary leader.

BY THE TIME YOU FINISHING LISTENING, YOU'LL LEARN:

Three massive mistakes that prevent you from developing a true entrepreneur mindset
How to avoid these mistakes so you can work smarter not harder and create the freedom and impact you want
Why maintaining a growth mindset is tough, even when you're working toward your goals and dreams
Where stress and overwhelm really come from (hint: it's not what you think!)
The revolutionary new way to work smarter not harder and really move that needle in your business

Listen closely, because if you’re making any of these three mistakes, you'll continue to struggle to reach the next level in your business and it feel impossible to cultivate the growth mindset you need for real success.

It is possible to work smarter not harder. Here at The EffortLESS Life®, we're on a mission to show you how. One of the first essential steps is learning what you need to develop a true entrepreneur mindset, and inside today's episode, I'll show you how to do exactly that.

Are you ready? Let's dive in!

If you enjoy this episode and it inspires you in some way, I'd love to hear your biggest takeaway. Take a screenshot of you listening on your device, post it to your Instagram stories and tag us @theeffortlesslife.co !

Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

View Details

Does managing stress in your business feel virtually impossible?

Have you ever wondered why most ways to relieve stress are so ineffective?

Inside this episode of The Systems Made Simple™ Podcast, I’ll show you the counter-intuitive approach to managing stress in your life and discover a new approach for stress management in your business.

That’s why our company, The EffortLESS Life® exists: to challenge the status quo and give you the perfect combination of mindset and strategy when it comes to stress management, so that managing stress in your business feels easy and -- well, effortless.

When we say effortless, we literally mean creating a life that doesn’t depend on your hard work or effort! Building a business can feel overwhelming, but effective stress management isn't as difficult as you might think.

You shouldn't have to choose between success or family, work or relationships, or having a successful business vs. having a life you love. I’m here to show you how you can have it all, without having to do it all.

IN THIS INAUGURAL EPISODE OF The Systems Made Simple™ Podcast, YOU’LL LEARN…
* Where overwhelm really comes from (not what you think!) * What the relentless pursuit of success actually costs you * The‌ ‌counter-intuitive approach to managing stress in your business so you can reach the next level without burning out

Sounds good? Then pop in those earbuds right now and tune in, because when you finish this episode, you’ll discover how to feel clear, focused, and in control of your life and business -- for good.

If this episode inspires you in some way, I'd love to hear your biggest takeaway. Take a screenshot of you listening on your device, post it to your Instagram stories and tag me, @theeffortlesslife.co
Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour.
Free delivery on your first order over $35.

The Systems Made Simple™ Podcast: Recent Episodes

Courtney Elmer